Full text of "George Van Tassel When Stars Look Down 1976"

See other formats

F by. f
George W. Van Tassel
a 4

WHEN
STARS
LOOK
DOWN

by
GEORGE W. VAN TASSEL

THE KRUCKEBERG PRESS
Los Angeles, Ca $0013
1976

To all those gallant folks
who believe that “thinking
out loud” is good therapy this
book is affectionately dedicated

INTRODUCTION

This book is part of the compiled writings of George W. Van Tassel
written over a period of 20 years, brought to the reader under one
cover.

In presenting this inspired material, it is not expected that every-
one will understand it, or accept it. Those readers who have experi-
enced phenomena of some nature in their lives will gather much from
it. Some people may grasp a new sense of security from it. It is not an
attempt to present a new religion, or science, but rather to expand
upon those things that are already accepted. Reality, being so true,
is often thrust aside by those who do not see reality close up.

Whatever this book gives you, it is certain that it will not take any-
thing away from those who read it. The effort alone is, many times,
the reward of accomplishment. The book itself is sufficient unto itself
as a record.

BACKGROUND

EORGE VAN TaSsEL was born in Jefferson, Ohio, in 1910. He en-
tered the field of aviation in 1927. After three years of experi-
ence with early airline work, he came to California and was em-
ployed by Douglas Aircraft Company in a variety of responsible
positions. He left Douglas in 1941 and became the personal flight in-
spector for Howard Hughes in flight test of experimental aircraft. In
1943 he left Hughes and became flight safety inspector with Lockheed
until 1947, when he held a flight test inspection position on Constella-
tion aircraft. In 1947 he started operation of Giant Rock Airport, 17
miles north of Yucca Valley, California. At the time of printing this
book, he has operated Giant Rock Airport for 28 years.

While operating Giant Rock Airport in 1953, he founded a science
philosophy organization. In 1958 this organization incorporated as
“The Ministry of Universal Wisdom” with a branch, “The College of
Universal Wisdom,” doing electro-magnetic research.

Mr. Van Tassel has appeared on 409 radio and television shows
and given 297 lectures in the United States and Canada. He is Presi-
dent of the corporation; has been married 38 years and the father of
three daughters, and grandfather of 13 brilliant grandchildren.

- He is dedicated to a program of rejuvenation and regeneration of
the elderly, and is working on a program to prevent the aging of
youth.

He is the designer of the “Integratron,” a four story high, dome-
shaped machine; following up seven years of small research, in a peo-
ple-size program to double the present life span. This machine is
about ready for tests to recharge the cell structure of people, like
charging batteries.

Designer, author, inventor, lecturer, radio and television person-
ality and airport operator. Being successful in every undertaking
throughout his life, qualifies him in experience beyond the level of
average acceptance, as an authority on varied subjects.

AN
;
TABLE OF CONTENTS
\ =
Forces and Frequencies .........0..0..0..00 at eccecceececseseeeseeceeeeeeseeeeceeeeseseeeeteaees 7
Thife And Laws 45. ho SE ee ee ee eas 13 |
Static Intelligence: «42.3.6. cite eee eeace 20
Voices And Visions —.....s-sssccccccccess:--ssesrsssssssecsssepeeeceneneenecsseesnunceanantset 31
Pollution And Blood 2.20.00 ...c:c-cescsceeccccceeeceeseeeeceeenteseeenteeeeeecteesentneeeese AML
Motbons: Ariel Titties orate onesie tools cc tite ce 47
Eopergy Arid Telesis hte teat ae tec eieetled odetaer cone gael egies 54
Humans And Mana oo... ccc cece eee ecce eee ceeeecneeccneseeaeteneessaeesneecceeeeee OG
Free Energy And Progress ......0....0.....::s-ssssssssssseecssseveesseeesssueessneeeseneseeee 83
Changes And Thoughts .2.022.....2.......2..c-ccccscceceescceeecseseseeeeeecceeeeeeceeeeteneeee 90
Perception And Mind oo..........2..2.....-222cseccccccecceceeseee esc ccesneecseeeeneeceneeeeeaeees 7
Principles And Proof .......-.....::-.scecssessccssssseccesneeseeeuneescessneessenneesecnnseeteee 105
Secrecy And Space a2... ..cccc-ccsccccccsssssseecssseseeeossuseseeccnnnsessecessnneceeccenseeees 113
Rides Arad: Feit aeons see ass ence ead lacie dls Ree nactaaieausteall 120
Sightings And Satellites 000.0... occcescce cc cesecessececseceteeseescessnssneeeseeee 30
Gontaets And Cycles 266 ces cnceesseipie eee ten sterte tests Sapa asctiedy 136
Pursuit And Purpose ...0.........2...222:0c0eceecesteceeceeeeeeeseeees nn ee 146
Space Energies And Concept ...............-..2:-:.2::cs:::seessseeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeneees 152
Verification And Data —222....22.-.-2-22-c-ccecececeesesecececeeeneeceeesesecaeceeeneeceneceecee 169
Help God Make You Well -......2..........2-..::--cecessecsessesesceeeeeecoceeeeeeenenenteeeees 171
The “Integratron” ..............-..-2..--.--. Gila icrisSeaa te GAS ip wees taninbaaiina onesusnees 174
Cell Communication 2.2... cess ec eeteseeeeseceeeecec eset eee ceeeeeeeeeeeceseeneeesonee 177
The Pyramid Principle. ...........2...22.2..2cecsecesecseceeecsseceseeeeeceetesecteneeeeeseseeeneese 180
BreakinrOug loess eerie eet eat ceed aren 185
World Power Grid -20.0.2....2.2.2-ccs.cescsscsseececececeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeecenenettann 189
The Bermuda Triangle ................2...2.-...0.-.110e0eo Men van tetaedeteehn dele 194
5

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

The Moon Pathe 2... cc eccecseeccece ee cee ceeeceeeeennneeeevnnecetceeesseseveeseeenees 47
Electro-Magnetic Growimg 220002... 00.000... c--cccecccsecccceeeecseesseeesssseeesseeees 59
Anti-Frost Control 20.0.0... eecseeeesseeceeeceeeeecee cceecceneensnecceseveesensees 85
The Gassendi Crater 20.20.2200... 0.-cccecsssseccssseeesssseessscessvesssoneseseneessossees 113
Back Side Of The Moon .00..2.....0...202:200-.00-0:000-ocessescsseseevesseeessvesseteateesneeeee 116
Monguzzi “Saucer” Pictures 0.0.00... peepee aad tS aceite 126, 127
Navy Experimental “Saucer? oo... 0c seecseceecceececeeceesveeesseee 128
The “Integratron? 2.22... secceeec cee ceseseesssesessuceesvvsesssuveeseeesssneseseseee 147
The Author, And “Time Machine” 2..0..000.00.0..0-.--ccecce ooo cecceeocecceeseeeceesees 150
Rotation Principle Of The Earth 2200000000 eccccececcccceeesseeceeeeees 154
Orbit Principle Of The Earth 0000000000000... ceccccccesessessseeessseeeseeesuen 157
Orbit Principle Of The Moon 220000000000000-0..00csscccecccccseesscsseeeesseeeeeeee cee 161
The Lines Of Force And People 2.........0...0000000.000000::ccecccssesscsssesseesseeeeeen 166

CHAPTER ONE
FORCES -AND FREQUENCES

People who live on this Earth never stop to realize that they are
bio-magnetic and electrical absorbers and emitters of energies that
are not registered by their five physical senses. The planet is an arma-
ture of sperical shape, with a self-energized stratum of fields sur-
rounding it and permeating it.

The magnetic field polarized Northerly and Southerly, that swings
compass needles, has been known about for centuries. There are
other fields in the earth’s bulk that are not measurable with a magnetic
instrument such as a compass. These fields and currents are the car-
riers and distributors of what we will call “life force.” This current is
not gravity, electrical, or magnetic, and yet is all of these combined,
plus a pulsing carrier, or “life force” that conforms polaritywise with
uit ot the other three.

Scientific men in the past such as Dr. William J. Kilner of the St.
Thomas Hospital in London; Prof. Rohsacher of the University of
Vienna; Prof. Regelsberger; Prof. Sauerbruch, and others all found
evidence of this fourth force but lacked instruments to prove its poten-
tials. This “life force” is only measurable and detectable through “liv-
ing” instruments and it is also subject to thought. (Not meaning the
brain waves of humans.) Humans do not think. They only respond to
thought and “life force” which directs them. Because “life force” has
polarity, humans respond with either “good or bad” or “well and sick”
results manifested in them.

This “life force” covers a checker-board pattern on the surface of the
Earth. Every other square both North and South and East and West is
of positive polarity with the squares inbetween being of negative
polarity. This life force goes into the Earth’s surface in the negative
squares and comes out of the surface in the positive polarity squares.
If this current could be seen it would look like a serpent or a sine wave,
half above and half below the surface going in perpendicular direc-
tions horizontally.

These positive and negative squares, starting from the Earth’s Equa-
tor, measure 32 meters long on each side and diminish in size to zero
at the planet’s poles.

Each of these squares have poles in their centers approximately 2.45
meters in diameter. These main center poles are surrounded by eight
hare spaced smaller poles of approximately 60 centimenters in

iameter.

~—~——~Here at our research location the squares are about 65 feet on each

side at 34° N. Latitude. The main poles exhibit “beam” flows North
and South, and East and West.

It was discovered that these squares have definite effects on humans,
‘animals, and vegetation, Ants in the most cases seem to like to have
their hills at the mainpole of the positive polarity squares. They live
underground of course. On the surface an opposite effect is apparent.

el'9 B pola are Og

People who hav
effect of making

ake one feel “out of place” or in a

These squares also seem to have an effect on T.V. reception in fringe
areas, where U.H.F. reception is required. My T.V. antenna at Giant
Rock Airport will not receive either the picture or sound if it is moved
30 feet in any direction.

; Muctr research mus c itive instruments made, to
7 ui: ving matter,” in order to completely understand this
‘orce. Condensers with alternate insulated layers of lettuce

aves and a uy num fou exhibi he strange ability of detecting nSeen
forces not detéeted b magnetic or eleetricat-imstruments directly.
{am certain that Hubbard fee energy -devied’ demonstrated in
Seattle, Washington in the ear j i y

un und cou wi ese forces. We have his original mercury
filled Ebes used in his research.
God (Universal Mind) not only created all forms of life, but it mani-

fests the perpetual activity of living. This does not mean, in the limited
thinking of an orthodox people on this earth, that it cannot manifest
anywhere else in the universe. It does so everywhere.
- Everything manifests radiations, from the tiniest particles in atomic
structure to stratum of fields in space and spinning galaxies ad infini-
tum. Being here, and employing those radiation effects that are bene-
ficial to our earthly needs, is the only thing that is important to us.
The earth is a living body, like an electron of our solar system. Its
blood is the life giving waters on the surface and underground. Its
breathing is in the atmosphere around the surface, in life supporting
gases called air. Its nerve system is in the electric charge that conducts
radio and television, and climaxes its capacity with lightning bolts. Its
brain creates the auroras and swings a compass needle with the subtle
force of magnetism. Its breast feeds every living thing, by giving min-

erals, salts, and the elements to the flesh, feathers, and bone of its
offspring.

Life as an essence is not measurable. It is as infinite as space and
time. To each his own, and mother earth insists on her children staying
in their separate environments, or live in conflict.

Mortal life manifests through cell structure. Cells are the smallest
living manifestations of life. The atoms of a cell radiate the life forces
of an Infinite Perfect Mind working in the frequencies of a particular
requirement for a given effect.

Scientists like to label their life giving forces with names like cosmic
rays, electricity, magnetism, atomic energy, and the like; but they can’t
find the source of these manifestations.

Cells form the structure of people, trees, plants, birds, fish and all-
living things. These structures repeat their forms down through time,
as other electrical entities are demanding entrance into this physical
realm to enjoy or suffer the experiences of life here.

As parts of the atomic structure are only centers of fields of activity,
they form together in different densities and polarities to be the matrix
of molecular bodies. The molecules join to form cell bodies. Cell bodies
unite to manifest people. People occupy the planet like fleas on a dog.
Each is dependent on its parent body to manifest here. Protozoa, by the
millions, live on the skins of people. The people neither see them, or
feel them. Another parasite depends on the protozoa to live. We are
all crawling with life manifestations inside and outside.

Now tell me where did humans get the idea they are the greatest of

aad

aAChVale d Ou
cation to get smart.
mows how to create a galaxy, a planet, or a rose.

Cells oscillate in different electrical frequencies. They radiate energ,
according to their ability to assimilate it. Space is eternal life energy in
solution. Matter is the structure to manifest it.

Medical scientists have proven the heart beats as the result of elec-
trical impulses. Hearing is electrical impulses from the inner ear to the
brain. Vision is electrical. Motion is the result of electrical direction
both voluntary and involuntary in people. A tree overcomes gravity
and raises water from the ground to its uppermost leaves through
electrical action of its cell structure.

ve ivity in health,'or a discord
of inharmony in disease.}Cells communicate, experience ecstacy or pain,
rrr

are subject to directed thought and can respond in “good or bad”
reactions.

Cells in plants have shown a marked reaction on sensitive electrical
instruments when a fellow plant is burned, or injured. The murder of a
_cabbage crop can produce chaotic reactions on _a_polygra i
__into a cabbage that didnt get harvested.
Birds fly south to warmer climes before the cold comes, without

weather predictions. Animals flee an area before an earthquake. They
can sense water mileS away. These so-called “dumb” creatures tune in

to the part of God that knows their requirements. We label this “in-: -

stinct.” Humans like to believe, by separating everything in a mass of
words and labels, that this makes one an intellect, if he knows more
of the separations than other people. God has been brainwashed out of
people as the source of life and intelligence.

Try thinking to your plants and friends, and include God in the
action. You're all related in the world of cell structure.

The essence of life is not only being made manifest in you, but you
are submerged and encompassed in it.

Thoughts, words, and actions are each of different densities. Each
of these three forces are manifested by, and from, individual levels.

Thought is the prime force and is neutral. Thought can be used
either for creative effects, or destructive results.

Words are the effect of thoughts, whether they be good or bad. They
are the sound manifestation of thoughts.

Actions are the manifested results of either thoughts, or words.

Words are in the range of our physical hearing. They are the means
by which thoughts are conveyed between people with sound. Various
languages convey the same meaning by different sounds.

Actions are the manifested workings of sounds conveyed through
hearing, or thoughts conveyed through thinking.

My words are conveyed to your mind, by placing the thoughts I
have, within the range of your vision in written words that are symbols
of the sounds.

Not long ago the printing you are now reading was not within the-

range of your vision. This paper was blank paper. You couldn't see
anything on it until the ink symbolized my thoughts in contrast to the
blank paper. Had you been within range of my voice I could have
transmitted my thoughts to you through sound.

Thoughts are not ordinarily seen, nor is sound; so I brought them
out of their densities so you could see them in print. I have made it
possible for you to see the thoughts in my mind by placing them on
these pages.

10.

I have materialized my thoughts to your vision. You may not believe
what I have written, but you must admit it is here where you can see it.
There have been many arguments, discussions, and efforts to prove
that things, and people, not seen in our life level, can be materialized.

The Bible tells many times about “angels” appearing before people
Spparently out of thin air._ sceane px

" [have just proven that I can materialize my thoughts on this paper
where you can see them in the symbols of the sounds that you could
also hear.

To believe in the Bible of Christianity, with the concept that Zangels”

appeared in olden times, and cannot appear in our time; is_ certainly
pa eees oe oxy. This is primarily done by some “Christians” who
lo not w: i

not want “angels” to interfere with their selfish ways and pleasures.
and de-materializing on several occasions. J_can truthfully say that I
have seen and talked with one of them that instantly disappeared to my

vision; but I could still feel him when I hed wher
—_—

Just as orthodoxy places limits on people’s thinking, so does your
physical sense of sight place limits on your seeing. Your eyes can only
see within the range of the visible spectrum; about 4000 to 7800 ang-
stroms in wave length measurement.

You cannot see the air, yet you breathe it. You can see water in its
fluid density and its vaporous density, but when the steam is absorbed
in the air, you cannot see it.

Vibrations from about 20 to nearly 20,000 cycles a second can be
heard with the ears. Vibrations below our hearing level arecalled “in-
frasonic” and those above it “ultrasonic.”

Because the five lower senses all have limits, people’s thinking has
become narrowed into a groove that will not allow them to accept any-
thing that is not within their limitations.

Many spiritualist mediums can materialize people from beyond the
door of death. Do not let yourself be confused, however, with these
people generated through the ectoplasm of another person, are from
he vransition oF earthbound level, or are created from the mind of the
medium.——

This is not to be scoffed at, as the power to create from the mind is
@ great one indeed. None d the space people from other levels of life

are ever materialized through a i It is not possible to bring

through ectoplasmic means, anyone from beyond the earth’s force field.

Every element crystalizes in its own pure form due to its individual
frequency. A quartz crystal will always be the same in form no matter
where it is found. All other crystals also follow a pattern of formation
that is established in different densities of vibration.

In order to progress to the finer frequencies of life in other levels,
you must first know where you stand in this level. The Creative Spirit
so designed His light universe that nothing can exceed its individual
vibratory qualifications.

Your individual record is being made dail

but yourse 2
established here.

You must conform in the way_you live to the laws of the universe
The civil laws and social standards of this little earth do not mean a
thing. The densiti i by di ibratory frequencies
of light. You can qualify to “jump grades” by th i

n
Because the unseen Creator made unseen forces for mankind to use
FREE; and the minds that operate within the limits of profit, divi-
dends, and control, don’t want you to use your part unless they can
SELL it to you. Yet they go to church to make you believe that they
\_believe in God, the Supreme Good.
Everything that is unseen is not accepted by the narrow minds of
many, unless it can be brought into the seen, or materialized. You can’t
see_your thoughts, but someone will mak

materializ, i

unseen force of magnetism. All they can study and record is its mate-

rialized effects. But the Government does not finance research into

thought, which is also an unseen force!

If scientists, authority, and clergy, knew as much about thought, as
they know about material effects from its by-products, then they would
know some of the correct answers.

The Government is financing the research, by private firms, into the

CuarTreR Two

LIFE & LAWS

Easter in the Christian world is symbolic of the resurrection of
Christ. Down through history, long before the time of Jesus, the an-
cient pagan rituals observed a period of resurrection. Usually they con-
ducted some kind of fertility rites, or sex orgy at the time.

Sex was once the basic religious philosophy in phallic worship. The
re-birth or propagation of the species, is continuous in all living things.

-In biology and science the same thing is observed in the microscopic
world; a cyclic period of reproduction relative to each germ, cell, or
protoplasm.

Humanity in its Easter bonnet and new frock exhibition of its self
importance, reproduces in fabrics and foam rubber the demand to be
noticed each year.

Nativity, in its expression of the resurrection, demonstrated the re-
birth cycles annually with off-spring to propagate itself.

Today Easter is another of the economic world’s ways of giving itself
a periodic “shot in the arm” to carry it over to the next religious holiday.

The Christ, called Jesus, was trying to demonstrate to_an ignorant
pedPle that ifs was Seen el oe death, so called. His return, ~
er three days, was a physical manifestation to prove what he came

on the oe us aaah.
~ People today spend endless hours, if they are going on a trip, to

prepare for their journey, or vacation. Yet in their short life span here
they make almost no preparation spiritually to be equipped for the

great journey into the hereafter. Those who leave thelr preparation
up to the priest, or preacher, are’ going to find out when they pass
trough the open door lacld-aeal, that thie_emisaries of ofthe

@ spirit confined in the mobile coffin of the carcass here, in the
ever constricting pressure of aging, will arrive at the hereafter with no
luggage, and greatly confused.

If this life is manifested in reality by spiritual effort to conform to
the Golden Rule, one can be welcomed at the hereafter station in
state. Some of the money-loving, war mongers are going to be met by
many of the cannon fodder kids who found out what it was all about
when they got out of here. It won't be pleasant for these “hawks.”

Some individuals can resurrect hysi by saturat-

s ere.
ing it with spiritual effort in daily meditation, and exhibit youth in their
aged body up until their ay. .

ss oe

The distorted revision of the Bible, in our time, and the ecumenical
changing of rules of the church to conform to Caesar’s modern require-
ments is further evidence of boot licking in high places.

Each spring the resurrection takes place in nature about Easter time,
when all things manifest new life in blossoms, fruit and progeny. In
the human level each Easter time finds us a little further away from the
Creative Spirit, and a little closer to the destructive, mammonistic,
chaotic end.

There is no resurrection in the economic level. Only deterioration by
greed is manifested. From gold to silver, to paper, to credit cards, each
stage stealing more from the value of stability, is leading to an eco-
nomic collapse.

The resurrection of peace is only empty words from the mouths of
hypocrites in authority, who increase the destructive stockpile of arm-
aments by catering to the military-industrial complex for puppet posi-
tions in political office. There are no more diplomats trying to solve
the problems of international disagreement; only horse trader appoint-
ees each trying to get the best of a bargain for their economic masters.

Resurrection of the spirit comes only through the Golden Rule effort.
If race treated race like they want to be treated, there would be no
racial troubles, in spite of the perpetual agitation by the agents of
dissention.

Resurrection does not come from the mouth of the clergy — it comes
from the love in the heart. Human relations cannot be solved by
physical sounds registered from mouths to ears, There are only empty
noises that end with their beginning, and cannot be registered in
many languages and dialects. i

Laws cannot resurrect order out of insurrection. Laws only provide
a whip to punish the violator. Legislatures do not consider whether
their new laws conform to Nature or God.

Humanity looking at itself reflected, cannot wash its face by scrub-
bing the image in the mirror. Neither can it raise itself to spiritual
resurrection in the flesh by submitting to the ideology that might makes
right.

The spirit eternal, submerged in the flesh in this physical environ-
ment, is crying for resurrection now, here, to express its ability to bring
an end to the madness on this beautiful planet. It does not want to
live here only to be rejected and wait until that day of physical death

so that it can be free. :

Let the spirit of Creation be resurrected no ily, i y
rejecting the world of hate, war, and greed.

Give and ye shall receive. Effort_alone roduces results and_the
réward is m_ satisfaction w.
’*Fhe Easter Lily cries for Humanity to Resurrect itself!

a asked him, saying, Master, but when shall these things
eee sign will there be when these things come to pass?” (St.
Luke 21-7). eee,

The Christ answered, “when there are wars and commotions.” No
one war but wars, several or many at the same time. Katanga, Algeria,

‘orroco, Viet Nam, Yemen, etc.
Pian cake Nation,” “Earthquakes in diverse places,” Missouri,
Massachusetts, Georgia, Alabama and many other places where earth-
quakes are not common — diverse places. ;

“Famines and Pestilences.” India, China, Russia and many other
countries are now starving by the millions. There are diseases that the
doctors admit they do not know what they are. Radiation sickness with

ically every rain, or snow. 3a

“And a shall be hated of all men for my name’s sake.” The minority
of atheists getting court rulings against the majority in school prayers,
in eliminating God from expressions in documents, pledges, etc. The
elimination of swearing on the Bible in courts and efforts to stop
Christmas plays, etc.

“And wie 3 shall see Jerusalem compassed with armies, Then
know that the desolution thereof is nigh.” The city of Jerusalem is
compassed with armies and the New JerUSAlem is compassed with
armies and infiltrated with traitors and enemies in high places.

~ “But woe unto them that are with child, and to them that give suck,

e next 30 years, In Jowa this

year the ears of corn are from % to % larger than ever before, as a Te-
ft of radioactive rains. In some Pacific Islands rats grow three times
f Children b li Nt

larger due to radioactive fallout. n being born in litters; triplets,
uadruplets, and quintuplets are becoming commonplace. In some
highly radiated areas the size of children being born is making Cae-

sarean section necessary because the.babies are so large they cannot
be breached by normal birth — “woe unto them that are with child
= eg Sanaa

an increasing radioactive time. }

“And there shall be signs in the Sun, and in the moon, and in the
stars; and upon the Earth distress of Nations, with perplexity; and sea
and the waves roaring;” ;

Astronomical scientists recently announced that the Sun's poles had

réversed their polarity. The Moon's orbit is increasingly becoming more

erratic, and certainly “distress of nations” is apparent to everyone. I
recently talked at length with a sea captain of thirty-five years sailing
experience. He said there are unusual tides at sea that were never
known befofs—with swells ranaing the middle of the oceans up to 50
-feetand higher attimes. #2

“Mens hearts failing them for .” It is known that heart failure is
no é of the greatest killers and is on the increase.

apter 24, and Revelation, Chapter 18.

The scientists admit 53,000 children in Utah alone have exceeded
the critical dosage in radiation from 28 to 136 times.

This is foretold for the latter days in St. Matthew 24-21; “For then
shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the biginning of the
world to this time, no, nor ever shall be.”

The suppression of God for political reasons, the Military crisis, the
economic crisis ($306,000,000,000.00 debt), the geophysical crisis, the
social crisis, the effort of materialistic, wealthy leaders to solve the
needs of the masses by taking taxes out of one of their pockets and
handing it back in doles and contracts. The virtual end of free enter-
prise. The wealthy people catering to decisions of authority that will
eventually backfire. These things portend the end of this civilization as
anyone with common sense can see, that this cannot go on much
longer under the present conditions.

Religion has always professed the intangible Deity. Science deals
with many invisible intangible things such as electricity, magnetism,
atomic particles, gases, gravity and space.

Most religions today are the philosophy carried down to us over
the centuries. Many rituals used by the churches now, originated with
the witch doctors of pagan tribes centuries ago.

Today the people need to understand their religion in a manner that
fits the time of an atomic and space age. The church has failed to
bring the ancient writings up to date. With increased knowledge and
scientific ability, it is possible to explain many of the mysteries and
miracles of the past.

Some of the churches are changing their dogma to more closely fit
the accelerating changes of today, but mostly they are merging to-
gether to relieve the economic pressure of inflation and overhead.

Those who survive the chaos facing the world today will be mostly
people who are not religious, or scientific in their training. The political
and military people who survive could write a history of what hap-
pened after it was over, but their training would only permit their

writings to explain events from political and military views.
None of Christ’s disciples wrote about what happened in His time,

- except Paul. The most ignorant tribes of savages on the earth today

have their stories of Noah and the flood, and Jonah and the whale.
They never heard of the Bible, or the dogma of the world’s pre-
dominant religions. Neither can they read, or write. In spite of these
failings they can discuss with each other what the see in a motion pic-
ture brought to them through science. It is a strange paradox that the
more people are educated, the more gullible they are to propaganda
that appeals to their inflated ego.

Religion like life insurance, doesn’t promise you anything until after
you are dead. Science is accelerating so fast that the people cannot be
brought up to date fast enough in a technological sense. The church
cannot interpret the old records of religion, in a modern way to fit the
times, because their preachers, priests, and rabbis, have no scientific
training in most cases. This makes it impossible for the church to give
answers to questions asked by people in today’s thinking. Science has a
duty, to religion, to help them explain things in today’s terminology.
Religion must bring the verities of dogma up to date, or close their
doors.

God made space, atoms, electricity, magnetism, and all other intan-
gible invisible things before humanity had science. Science has ad-
vanced the use of these creations faster in the last 50 years than in all
of the preceding thousands of years.

Yet the ignorant materialists in science propound the theory of
human evolution without considering that the atomic elements are each
the same in perfect order wherever they are found. Solar systems work
by cyclic ordered principles, and the known universe is in perfect order
— that could not exist except by creation from an Infinite Boundless
Intelligence that knows all of the principles that science has not dis-
covered yet.

Electricity and magnetism were here in Caesar’s time. Gravity existed
on the planet since the planet was formed, long before egotostical men
of degrees decided they are smarter than God. When science discovers
each principle of nature, they take on the attitude that science created
it. Science could not produce transportation, communication, or heat
and refrigeration, without God’s rubber trees, gases, oils, iron ores, and
other products taken from the earth that were not made by scientists.
When science realizes that they couldn’t do anything, with all of their

_brains and degrees of education, without a Supreme Intelligence mak-

ing the materials and energies they use, then the scientists will have
religion,
17

When religion recognizes that it could not propagate its God to peo-
ple without sciences making printing presses, paper and writing equip-
ment; and today, radio, television, telephones, photography, and mo-
tion pictures, then it must reciprocate to science for its part in mani-
festing God’s works in an endless production of God’s raw materials
into parts, assemblies, and working equipment.

Each is lost in this latter time without the other. Science is the reli-
gion of manifesting God’s principles through materialism. Religion is
the: science of manifesting God through teaching of the intangible
spirit. In today’s thinking these things are chemical matter and spirit
energy. These are the dual opposites of the same thing. Intangible
electricity is everywhere, but without the matter of wire, coils, and
cores, it cannot be manifest for use by science.

Science today knows the heart produces a magnetic field; an electric
current is measurable in the blood stream. The body has electric capa-
city which can be demonstrated by the increase in reception on your
car radio by touching the antenna. Every action of the voluntary muscle
system depends upon electric impulses from the brain through the
nervous system. Without the electrical function of the eternal spirit of
you in the matter body, it would not respond, or perform any motion.
Motion in matter can only exist when energy moves it.

God is the infinity of an endless electrical universe that thought
atoms, solar systems and galaxies into being. Humans are thought forms
of God’s creation of individual forms of life. When “God created man
in His image” He didn’t mean we looked like Him. He meant we ha

sh imagination to create like Him through thought.
e designer of anything pictures the design in the mind and through
thought puts it in blueprint form on paper, from which it is made as a
tangible physical product. This is a product of science.

Religion is the effort of trying to understand this invisible energy
from which the thought came. If the intangible invisible thought pro-
duces a tangible physical thing, this is accepted as science.

If tangible physical things reverse this process, to understand this
Intangible Infinite Mind, this is Religion. Both are valid opposites of
each other, but it is time to stop being opposites to each other. Unless
this is realized, religion cannot survive in an advanced scientific age.
If science does not accept the moral responsibility it professes so
ardently, it will destroy itself, without religion in its acts. We have a
scientific computerized hydrogen bomb planet because science became
as materialized as the matter of their science. They forgot the God of

their image to create and are manifesting the Devil of their ability to

destroy.

Religion failed to keep pace with the changes in human thinking and
the division widened, with science, until today they are not accepted
as two hemisphere of the same sphere. Religion cannot be accepted by
the space age people when it teaches the Fatherhood of God and it
cannot manifest the brotherhood of man.

Both Science and Religion have gone beyond their limits as estab-
lished by God in giving man “dominion over all things,” for they are
demonstrating the dominion over man; and God never gave man do-
minion over his fellow man.

So now the God created law of reciprocation is going to destroy
them both, because religion didn’t perform its function far enough, and
science went too far beyond its limits to create, and swallowed its own
tail.

CHAPTER THREE

STATIC INTELLIGENCE

An ion is a particle of matter carrying a static electrical charge. A
planet is a composition of many particles of matter. It also carries a
static electrical charge. Our planet, surrounded by its atmosphere, is
basically a condensed chunk of energy surrounded by a thin film of
gases with water on the surface and in the atmosphere. The rotation
of our planet on its axis generates a magnetic field. Ions carrying static
‘Charges answer to the same laws of polarity as magnetism.

eople on this planet must breathe oxygen in order to live. Our at-
mosphere contains oxygen. Oxygen is para-magnetic. In otherwords it is
attracted, or repelled, by magnetic and static electrical charges. The
atmosphere is held to the surface of the planet by the static charge of
the planet’s mass, The planet’s magnetic field is about 98% below the
planet's surface and about 2% in the atmosphere.

The planet’s breathable atmosphere is about six miles thick. On a
planet such as ours we are increasing the amount of particles of matter
in our atmosphere through industry (smoke), automobiles (exhaust),
and fumes of chemicals from refineries.

The combination of these particles, plus moisture in the atmosphere,

in cities has now been labeled “smog.” Smog spreads throughout the
atmosphere to all points on the planet in different degrees.

When the atmosphere containing untold billions of particles of mat-
ter is excited by magnetic disturbances, electrical fluctuations, or fric-
tion through winds, static and magnetic charges accumulate in these
floating particles. When a particle accumulates a charge to its poten-
tial capacity it condenses moisture around it. This is what forms a

mountains are continuously emitting flux

ce, O oud nea 9 6
e book called the Bible (from the Greek word Biblos, meaning a
record) gives many references to clo i i
referred to as “divine fire.

In the times when the records of the Bible were written, few men
could write. Donkeys, horses, camels and chariots were the best form
of transportation. Nothing was known of electricity, magnetism, ions,
_ radio, T.V., biology, geography, or geophysics. The known world was a
small place — flat, not spherical — occupied by ignorant, superstitious
people. The few scribes of that time recorded the events to the best

cloud. Clouds usually form over mountains first because the tops of

of their limited thinking. Authorities of governments ruled by torture
and force. The priesthood ruled through fear and superstition. Every
nomena we can explain today was an act of God, or Satan. The
Sun was believed to orbit around the Earth. Ignorance, fear of the
unknown, and superstition, ruled the thinking of the people of that
time. Rituals warded off evil, or appeased God.
‘Today people still cling to this ancient ritual in an atomic age, with
a round world thoroughly mapped and photographed and orbitted by
men in space capsules.
- The rich people hold positions of authority now as they did then.
The poor still struggle for survival. The authorities finance “friendly”
foreign nations for political favor, or bribery, while their own people
go hungry and without employment.
- So many aspects of society have not maintained pace with the scien-
tific advancement. Excessive taxes are still with us. Emotional insta-
bility still exists. People are still ignorant. Rituals are still practiced
to get you to heaven, or condemn you to hell.

Why do people persist in following ritual, custom and dogma full
of fear? Afraid to live and afraid to diel What a dilemmal

ystery, superstition, or misunderstanding between people, it has

When the Bible, or any other record continues to be a source of
ceased to serve the enlightened purpose for which it was written. Do
the modern churches promote faith, or condone mammon and hypo-
crisy? Do the teachers practice what they preach?

The Bible says “the Sun shall no longer give forth her light,” in the
latter days. We know today ionization of the atmosphere causes a
cloud to condense. We also know the electrical and magnetic effects
in our atmosphere as a result of atomic, or nuclear explosions. They
cause the atmosphere to ionize, forming more clouds and heavier rains
‘that are radioactive, or emitting detrimental emanations in the electro-
‘Magnetic spectrum in excess of the ability of the body capacitor to
store — without burning out with cancer or leukemia.

The only thing that could cause the “Sun to no longer give forth her
-light” would be a cloud layer surrounding the planet, caused by a
‘sudden, or continuous increase of ionization of the atmosphere by
atomic tests, or nuclear war. Venus has this condition.

Politicians cannot solve the problems of humanity. Neither can the

church. The only solution can come from the people. che people must

expand their thinking. The ife and death.
e people must build in themselves an awareness of consciousness to

~ follow the Taws of nature and spiritual enlightenment. They must not

——

€

fieoms
i y mi

be afraid of anything.
The Bible says “death shall be overcome.” This is our prime effort

here — to charge this body mass. To use the right and left hands of
God — Electricity and Magnetism. To give to humanity a purpose in
living besides eating, sleeping and reproducing in ignorance.

“And the Lord spake unto Moses, saying, According to all that I
shew thee; after the pattern of the tabernacle, and the pattern of all
the instruments thereof, even so shall ye make.” (Exodus 25: 1 and 9).

Back in time Moses built a tabernacle, according to the pattern, or
blueprint; and according to the schematic diagram, or electronic hook-
up of the instruments to make it operate.

Recording of these facts back in the days when the people had no
knowledge of electricity, magnetism, or technology, is amazing. When
one considers that scribes in that time recorded events to the best of
their ability, without knowing anything about what they were writing,
it is fantastic that these records in the Bible have come down to us so
accurately. In the time of Moses, according to the Holy Book, the
Lord above in the sky dropped food from heaven to the Israelites,
parted the waters of a sea, and instructed Moses in what to do, in
personal contacts, “And the Lord spoke unto Moses face to face, as a
man speaketh unto his friend.” Exodus 33:11.

Chapter 37 of Ex t co j ing
covered with gold “within and without.” Today we kno i
an electro-static condenser.

“I do not do these things of my own mind.” Nicola
who discovered alternating electricity, steam turbines, and -the_
many—controls of electrical power, said, “I am convinced that I
an automaton, controlled by some external power.” The Bible says
*in the latter days all things hall be revealed.”

Anyone who has not seen modern miracles; who has not experienced
outside assistance; who has not been inspired and directed by external
help, probably will not understand the things being written here.

“For the Lord’s portion is his people; Jacob is the lot of his inheri-
tance. He found him in a desert land, and in a waste holwing wilder-
ness; he led him about, he instructed him, he kept him-as the apple of
his eye.” Deuteronomy 32: 9 and 10. os

“And on the day that the tabernacle was reared up the cloud cov-
ered the tabernacle, namely the tent of the testimony: and at even
there was upon the tabernacle as it were the appearance of fire, until
the morning.” Numbers 9:15.

Our present science knows an electrostatic charge produces a cloud
22

‘by ionization and a corona in the dark, which could be described as
“ire” By anyone who didn't know electrical terms. — i
“*See that ye refuse not him that speaketh. For if they escaped not
who refused him that spake on earth, much more shall not we escape,
if we turn away from him that speaketh from heaven:” Hebrews 12:25.

How many people have heard voices today? How many people have
recovered from some terminal disease which human agency cannot
explain? How many people have had things fall into place in experi-
ences beyond human planning? Is the Bible fantasy, fiction, or fact? If
it were fantasy it would have long ago been lost in the years. If it were
fiction, it would have faded in the haze of time. If it is factual in its
context, it will last through the ages, which it has. The works of God
did not stop with the writing and printing of the events in the Bible.
-The things that it tells are happening today in many ways. Those who
don’t believe this, are lost in the darkness of ignorance.

People today, in the time of television, air transportation, and men in
orbit around the world, should be able to comprehend that this age of
destruction is beyond human solution. Then where is the intelligent
help coming from to bring order out of chaos? —

- “And when he had spoken these things, while they beheld, he was
‘takemaprand a Cloud recetbed him out of thair sight. And while they
isoked cesdfastly toward heaven as h

eaven as he went up, behold, two men stood
by them in white apparel; which also said, Ye men of Galilee, why
stand ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus which is taken up from
you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen him go
into heaven.” Acts 1:9, 10 and 11.:

The Lord that instructed Moses came in a cloud. Was the Lord in
the time of Moses, the same Lord later called Jesus? Or was there more

an one Lord? The Bible also mentions “a Lord of the harvest.”

Can one accept, that life being eternal, the son of Man (which Jesus
was called) was also active in the time of Moses? Can people today,
without present scientific know how, believe that Jesus was picked up
bodily on an anti-gravity beam and taken into a cloud ionized by the
electro-static field around a space ship?

Jesus said “Ye are from beneath; I am from-above; Ye are of this
world; Lam not of this world.” St. John 8:23. He didn’t say where he
‘was from. He is calle e son of Man” many times in the Bible. Man
was the species God created “with dominion over all things.” This
-would include space travel, anti-gravity, telepathy, faith healing, and

all other things explained as miracles. Hu-mans, in the Bible, are
called “men,” not “Man.” r
a .

Assuming humanity is composed mostly of “fallen angels,” with a few
species of the race of Man among us, it is easy to understand why the
hierarchy of destruction on earth is reluctant to admit there are “signs
in the sky.”

The mountain smoked from burning brush in the time of Moses.
Patches of burned areas have been seen in many places today. The
Lord spoke to Moses “face to face” in his time. People have spoken

ace to face” with visitor ven

em” t y_someone-called_a Lord in his
time. It ionized a cloud around it. We have b i “pattern” to
a, “or fire by night.” and ionize a cloud in humid
weather, in the day time.

And all the people saw the thunderings, and the lightnings, and the
noise of the trumpet, and the mountain smoking; and when the people
saw it, they removed, and stood afar off. (Exodus, 20:18).

You can imagine the consternation of the people in Moses’ time,
when a chariot was the best form of transportation, and few of the
people ever owned a donkey. They saw it (a spacecraft) come out of

the sky (heavens) and hover over Mount Sinai. The lightnings (force .

field of static electricity) causing the grass and brush to burn and the
mountain to smoke. The sound, or noise, as of a trumpet — could be
very easily explained as the humming, pulsating sound which a space-
craft makes while hovering.

There have been many cases of “burned areas” where spacecraft
have been seen hovering in our days, There have also been instances
where airplane pilots, forced down in remote areas, have been taken
for a god, because the natives had learned from their legends that god

, was in the heaven above.

Today people accept aircraft speeds, rocket speeds, and instant radio
communications and television pictures through our atmosphere. In
these days when minds should be receptive to the rapid changes taking
place, a few people are ridiculed because they have said they talked to
the people from a spaceship, or went aboard, or even rode in the craft.

The Bible records this happening to Moses way back in the donkey
‘days. It is written in Exodus, 20:22: “And the Lord said unto Moses,
Thus thou shalt say unto the children of Israel, Ye have seen that I
have talked with you from heaven.”

People profess the Bible as a Holy Book, yet they do not accept it as
a history of events that are now being re-enacted in their very presence,
enforcing through repetition the spiritual development of nations.

* ; Numbers, chapter 14:27, 28, reads: “How long shall I bear with this
‘evil congregation, which murmur against me? I have heard the mur-
murings of the children of Israel, which they murmur against me. Say
unto them, As truly as I live, saith the Lord, as ye have spoken in mine
ears, so will I do to you.” :
It is evident enough that, in nearly every case, where any of the
ns who have contacted the space people and were brought before
the public (as on television or platform work), that every effort was
made to make them appear both ridiculous and ludicrous. Persecutions
:practised today are only a repetition of those of the old Biblical days.
The United States is the New Jerusalem of our time. The same clique
is working from within its boundaries and from outside, trying to over-
throw its God given rights. They shall fail because they are known to
our friends from the spacecraft.

None of the persons contacted b: had any part in.
incitin: eti t happene inducement of

e le in the spacecr:
oses was in the same awkward situation as related in the book of
Numbers, 16:28: “And Moses said, Hereby ye shall know that the Lord
hath sent me to do all these works; for I have not done them of mine
own mind.”

In Deuteronomy, Chapter 18:18, it says: “I will raise them up a pro-
phet from among their brethren, like unto thee, and I will put my
words in his mouth; and he shall speak unto them all that I shall com-
mand him.”

It should be quite evident by now that many strange things are
happening in this time of “wars for peace.” Everyone should read the
story of Moses in the Bible. It is being re-enacted now if you are aware
of the times. <

Back in the time of Moses, people didn’t know what electricity was.
Neither did they know what magnetism, or ionization, was.

They referred to natural electrical phenomena like lightning, as
“divine fire.”

If they saw a large cigar-shaped spaceship in the sky they called it
a “flying roll.” If it ionized the atmosphere around it in the daylight,
causing moisture to collect around the electro-static field, they referred
to it as “a cloud by day.”

- If the electro-static charge created a corona around the ship in the
darkness they called it a “pillar of fire.”

system through the outer ear drum, the people of Moses’ ti it
“avoicefromacloud” —S

”

"a voice from a cloud.

—€touds don’t speak to people. Unless there is someone in the cloud
with a device capable of speaking to people on the ground, a voice
could not come froni a cloud.

“And it came to pass, as Moses entered into the tabernacle, the
cloudy pillar descended, and stood at the door of the tabernacle, and
the Lord talked with Moses.

And all the people saw the cloudy pillar stand at the tabernacle door:
and the people rose up and worshipped, every man in his tent door.

And the Lord spake unto Moses face to face, as a man speaketh
unto his friend.” Exodus 33:8-11..

This indicates the people saw a man who came from the cloudy
pillar in broad daylight speaking to Moses.

~ [ have heard several people in the present time criticize some of us

“for making a religion out of the fiying saucer incidents.” Well hurray!
This only proves their ignorance. I for one am not “making a religion”
out of anything. I am only trying to explain in this time what caused
the superstitious people of another time to record those events to the
best of their knowledge — when they did not understand the faintest
scientific thing about what caused a cloud, or a corona of “fire.” I am
only trying to explain phenomena that occurred then, in the present
understanding of modern electrical science now. I am trying to prove
scientifically that religion is a reality, instead of an intangible, super-
stitious myth. §

I am not changing anything that religious books say. I am only ex-
plaining what caused the phenomena that was not understood by the
people then. One does not have to have degrees, or robes, to be intelli-
gent. . :

When the exodus of the people out of Egypt took place, according
to the Biblical record in Exodus 13:21-22, this cloud by day, and pillar
of fire by night, went before the people, leading them.

Whether the sea the followers of Moses crossed was the Red Sea,

‘seven of them. In “The Baraitha” (a book of the tabernacle), it states:
Ron a cloud covered the tent of the congregation, and the glory of
the Lord filled the Tabernacle. And that was one of the clouds of glory,
which served the Israelites in the wilderness forty years. One on the
right hand, and one on the left, and one before them, and one behind
them. And one over them, and a cloud dwelling in their midst (and the
sjoed, the Shechinab which was tn the-tons), and the pillar of clou
which moved before them, making low before them the high places,
and making high before them the low places, and killing serpents and
scorpions, and burning thorns and briars, and guiding them in the
straight way.”
Now don’t forget that a cloud filled the tent, which was the Taber-
nacle.

pou

ctro-static neia evenerate and the-relative
is high enough, the “Integratron” will also ionize a cloud in our midst.

kill serpents and scorpions, and burn thorns and briars.

The old recor show. that racl ject_to

t. This means that a “ti was generated in it the same as
we are going to do in the “Integratron.
“The ancient writing on states: “There is a legend to the effect
that any who chanced to enter the Holy of Holies unclean were de-
stroyed by a bolt of Divine fire from the mercy seat. If the High Priest
had but one selfish thought, he would be struck dead. As no one knows
when t_ma' h thr is _mi r ions

had to be taken in case the High Priest should. ad while in
the presence 0: . The other priests coul the sanc-
tuary, therefore when the b in and receive the

: ands of the Lord, they tied i of his feet_so
‘that if he were struck down while behind the veil they could drag his

re from the Mercy seat, like a bolt of lightning, or a large electro-
‘$tatic discharge. It is evident that the ark referred to in the tabernacle
was recorded ina eV ereetricity was unknown and today

4
*’ ‘The Tabernacle of Moses also hgd recording instruments to tell what ‘i

was going on in its operation. In Bxodus 25:9, when Moses was being |

informed how to make the tabernacle it says: “According to all that I
shew thee, after the pattern of the tabernacle, and the pattern of all the
hereof, even so shall ye mak _

tabernacle by pio and fre was on it by night, in the sight of all the
house of Israel, throughout all their journeys.”

Ionization of a cloud is the effect of an accumulated continuous
electro-static charge. Fire at night is the corona given off from any body

arged with a continuous flow of high frequency electricity.

We are building a permanent tabernacle, similar to the portable one
Moses built in the last civilization on this Earth. We were given instruc-
’ tions on how to construct it in the same manner that Moses was in-

structed, by a man that came out of the sky, who may have also carried
thé title of Lord. ——— a
ere all of us are, riding around on a ship in space we call the Earth.
‘We aren't even inside of our space ship. We are stuck onto its surface
by an invisible force called gravity. We breathe invisible gases we call
air. This even runs out at about five miles up, so our ocean of air isn’t
much compared with the mass of the water oceans.

We create unseeen electricity by cutting unseen magnetic lines of
force. We use this unseen force for power and lighting purposes.

We worship an unseen God. We function through an unseen spirit.

Our planet orbits around the Sun and is rotated on its axis by unseen
forces, Galaxies 100,000,000 light years in diameter rotate in space
powered by an invisible principle. Energy in all of its original states
cannot be seen.

Still people go around saying, “I won't believe something unless I
can see it!”

In an eight inch known spectrum our vision covers about 1/8th of
an inch. This is about 1/64th of the known frequencies, or from about
4000 to 7800 Angstroms on the Angstrom scale.

Our hearing is limited from about 20 to 16,000 cycles per second.
This is a smaller fraction of the vibratory scale even then the visible
limits. We don’t see the vibrations we hear, either.

Our sense of touch doesn’t function until we come in contact with
something.

Our sense of smell also detects odors we can’t see, or hear.

j We get ptomaine poisoning from food that our sense of taste cannot
ete

Es is
Paticis

mute, Untailing pe d
oe secept this Uncen F orce either or use It when they can, because
It cannot be seen.

OM this Unseen, Perfect, Infinity of Perfect Intelligence is resting

now, as It did in the seventh day of creation; waiting for people to use
Ts ankimited knowing.

@ on the Earth are afraid of this potent, unseen force except as
a fist aid kit when they hurt, or are afraid they are going to die — then
they pray for comfort and relief, expecting miracles to save them. They
expect this force to respond in minutes after being ignor rs.

] ciprocation responds only to those who
See if ‘your fire will burn without first supplying fuel for it. Show u us
anything that produces something without first putting something into
it.

This Supreme Intelligence doesn’t have degrees from a college. It
doesn’t care whether the government recognizes It or not.

I for manifestation throu
creatures It has made.

You could take all the brains in the world and put them in one vessel
and all you would have is a big pot of meat.

Brains are not intelligent. They are only receivers of thoughts and
transmitters of motion. Thoughts are also unseen, unheard, untouched,
untasted ne unsmelled.

Eve hysicall st on th
seen thought, Whether it be a chair, a bolt, or a ee, it existed
in the Unseen, Perfect, Intelligence before some engineer put it down
on paper, and then it was made.

We do not believe that each development must be achieved through
trial and error, and correction, in an endless chain of small improve-
ments.

The principles of radio existed in Caesar’s time. A steamship could
have been made in Alexander’s time. Everything we know about now,
existed then in principle.

Using this Supreme Intelligence doesn’t require degrees, or recog-
nition by some authority. It only requires application and effort to use
It. It knows everything about all principles that trial and error methods
will not “discover” for a hundred years.

Why wait a hundred years to have something we can use now. The

d machines to ride in. Machines to dig with. Machines to

Nikola Tesla, the greatest genius in history, stated after years of
arialysis of himself “that h ton run by an ext ‘| force.”

If we all served as automatons of the Creator we would all create.
Creators cannot destroy. By the same token destroyers cannot create.
uld read the li ikola Te it i

x your library or book store. “The Prodigal Genius” by O’Nei

CHAPTER FouR

VOICES & VISIONS

The people of Japan consider the event of the coming of the space-
ships as a sacred thing. In their ancient records the Japanese people
called a spaceship a “Shinta.” Out of this came the Shinto religion of
Japan. In the records of their “pagodas,” or temples, they record that
the original yellow people came out of space and established a colony
on the earth.

Up until World War Two the emperor of Japan was looked upon as
a deity. This was because the emperor was a direct descendant of the
original leader of the colony of their people who came out of space.

The Japanese were known as the people of “the rising Sun.” Their
flag bears the symbol of the Sun. The yellow people originated from
the tribe of Japheth. Thence the slang term of calling them “Japs.”

* The:American Indian’ ’ an ancient wise man,
literally a Christ to them, who taught them many things. American
translation of Ewatah became Hiawatha. Many Indians were named

at these items had_b

taught how to grow and cultivate them.

_ The Inca people were brought to a highly educated Jevel by follow-
ing instructions from the “Incas” who came out of the sky in ships.
Many giant.size symbols still remain, as built on the ground by the
people for guiding and welcome signs in South America; so the Gods
would know where they were welcome.

The Christian Religion in its time of origin recorded people coming
out of the sky in “Flaming Chariots.” The records over time, by the
geribes of that time, tell of people getting out of ships, or speaking from
@louds, which were ionized air created, by the electro-static corona
around the ships.

"Greek legend tells of how the people of that time made Gods of the
people who descended in their midst. Qne-was named “Mercury” and
pictured with wings on his heels. This legend tells of this man being

(

msds: eg, Sodirea imental Telenatiy/"The penis fag, time of te
spaceships communicate mentally.

able to deliver a written message to a distant town and be back in a
small fraction of the time required by the Greeks to go to the same
town and back by horse. Mercury, the fluid metal, being the most
elusive and algnost impossible thing (0 hold, Ted them to name this man,
rho used aig a belt to fly through the airdthe God of Me
cury

“There have been several instances in our time, of pilots of aircraft
crashing, or landing by parachute, among natives who did not know
people could fly. Becauses they came out of the sky they were looked
upon as deities, or Gods.

The most isolated tribes of savages on the earth all have their version
of Jonah and the Whale. Most of the savages in unexplored areas, when
they were first explored, had their own version of Easter and Christmas.

In the motion picture “Mondo Cane,” a tribe of aborigines is pictured

with a full size model of an airplane on top of a mountain; and the
worship there waiting for their God to return o :
Jesus said, according to the New Testament, i =

It also says, “He knew their thoughts,” lin

‘oday

when we

a cloud” by a loudspeaker, or public a tem.
‘ow people can fly, we have radio, television and public address sys-

tems, and we can understand an advanced species of Man using these
things; it should not be difficult to accept that all religions stem from
‘wp there” and were instigated by the people from other places

to make the human race raise themselves by moral and spiritual under-,
wo_make the human race raise themselves by moral and spiritual under-.

standing.

<The Bible also says “All things will be revealed in the latter days.”
Many people have heard their names called loud and clear when
there was no one around within calling distance. Today we have estab- *
lished an authority of psychiatrists who assume to know all about other
people’s mental processes. Most of them don’t even know about their

own mental frustrations, emotions, and egotistic desires to be recog-

nized as authorities of something. They would catalog “spiritual in-
Spiration,” “mother ” or “voices people hear,” as mental A borat Ss
due to some mction of the brain.
€ople accept the Bible as a Holy Book. The Churches profess it was

“the inspired word of God.” They would have you believe that God
ceased to inspire people after the books of the Bible were composed.

E 32

out ere you are born again into life.
carnation an actuality because if you didn’t pass the grade and qua
“fo stay “over there,” you would come squawking back, crying like th

The “angels” that came out of the sky in the Biblical times were
messengers from God. Today they are considered by the Church
hierarchy and Political authority as “hallucinations.” Anyone who
doesn’t accept a “greater society,” of people from “up there” better
throw their Bible out the window and quit being hypocrites.

Every religion on the Earth is based on people coming from out of
the skies.

“Set your affection on things above, not on things on the earth.

For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God.” Colossians
3:2 and 3.

In the contrast between heaven and hell, the churches lead you to
believe heaven is an estate after death here. Since Christians generally
look forward, with faith, that there is something better than this life,
they hope they can get into heaven through the church since the indi-
vidual doesn’t know where heaven is. They assume that the church
does know, because they are always professing about it. Naturally the
preachers and priests won't tell you hell is here because this is where
they are too.

“Verily, verily, I say unto thee, except a man be born again, he can-
not see the kingdom of God.” St. John 3:3.

Just suppose one looked at the apposite side-of the door marked icth
on side, and found the other side of is physical
environment is marked death. Then one could believe when you get a

e
devil, after your re-entry here, because you didn’t make it again. iz

seems‘bne of the most used expressions here is the devilish demand for

someone to go to

“Religions over times past have all contended that heaven is “up.” -

Hell is defined in the Bible as, “a place of the dead, or of punishment.”
“For if God spared not the angels that sinned, but cast them down

to Hell, and delivered them into chains of darkness, to be reserved unto

judgment.” 2 Peter 2:4.

‘Now this says that God cast down angels into hell, not humans; and h
delivered them into chains of darkness. Babies are delivered here, and .
they are born in the darkness of no memory of their past, into a chain
of events that are against them until they “get the hell out of here,” to iE
quote another favorite human expression.

“But these, as natural brute beasts, made to be taken and destroyed,
speak evil of the things that they understand not; and shall utterly

perish in their own corruption.” 2 Peter 2:12.

Could anything better discribe humans generally throughout history?
Brute beasts made to be drafted and destroyed in wars. Always con-
demning others and ridiculing the things they do not understand; and
the only living things on the earth that contaminate their own drinking
water, and air, and shall perish in their own corrupt greedy system of
society.

“While they promise them liberty, they themselves are the servants
of corruption: for whom a man is overcome, of the same he is brought
in bondage.” 2 Peter 2:19.

This describes the human political world, where millionaire politi-
cians promise the poor, the minority people, and the sickly and aged,
liberty from their conditions if the “un-millionaires” pay for it, and let
them run the show in the corruption of graft and bureaucracy.

Hell is supposed to contain “hellfire and brimstone.” Well we have
that here too in atomic and hydrogen bombs. Hell is supposed to be a
place where misery is inflicted on the inhabitants. Every law passed
here by the people in authority through history has been to limit you,
. ae you, or burden you for being a little devil instead of a big

evil.

The Bible says “the meek shall inherit the earth” and if you’re addled
enough to get committed to a mental institution you won't have all
these troubles, and be cared for too. -

“For even when we were with you, this we commanded

Now if this is hell, and you are already dead, then this makes some
sense, because all Jesus was saying was let the vertical dead bury the
horizontal dead.

“A good name is better than precious ointment; and the day of death
than the day of birth.” Ecclesiastes 7:1

Here again the Bible indicates that the day of death is a release, or
exit, from a bad condition, while birth is an entry that is not good.

Heaven is described in the Bible as a “firmament, or the abode of
God.” “For as the heaven is high above the earth, so great is his mercy
toward them that fear him.” Psalms 103:11.

“I knew a man in Christ above fourteen years ago, (whether in the
body, I cannot tell; or whether out of the body, I cannot tell: God
knoweth;) such as one caught up to the third heaven.” Corinthians

:2. .
This would indicate heaven has grades, or levels, into which people
according to their qualification.
O° For a ra is kindled in mine anger, and shall burn unto the lowest
hell.” Deuteronomy 32:22.

The lowest hell shows there are other, or higher, levels of hell also.
Where is the dividing boundary between the highest hell and the
lowest heaven?

“And no man hath ascended up to heaven, but he that came down
from heaven, even the Son of man which is in heaven.” St. John 3:13.

The idea seems to be that everyone here came down from up there
either because they fell from their high estate since the creation, or
volunteered to come down to help people to get out of here. People on
our earth have not evolved from the amoeba up to humans, they have
descended from the original creation of man with “dominion over all
things,” to the hu-man destructive critter with dominion over nothing.
They are pawns of every devilish influence on a satanic planet that
kills, and corrupts-and-contaminates.
“For I ca down from heavem

” St. John

oO mine own will, but_the

tere again Jesus said the world
from heaven which was above.

The Bible does not indicate there is any “in-between” level. It does
not describe any place lower than the earthly existence. Everything is
here that is attributed to hell. One thing about it, if we can establish
where we are in the scheme of things, we can start going in the right
direction if we want to.

‘Materialism, ego, and corruption on our planet, indicate this is hell.
Has anyone seen any evidence of an effort to make the Golden Rule
law, punishable when violated?

Does anyone say “to heaven with you?” Are people awarded medals
more for killing, than for anything else? Are power politics open and
clean, or hidden and dirty? Does the church profess God here, or up
there?

You draw your own conclusions, but in order to have a heaven on
earth, it will take someone from up there who knows what it should be
like.

Two women shall be grinding together; the one shall be taken, and
the other left. ,

Two men shall be in the field; the one shall be taken, and the other
one left. (St. Luke 17:35, 36). .

Either you have faith in the prophecy of the Bible, or you must reject
the whole book. The Bible is an accurate history of events that repeat
themselves in cyclic repetition.

The above paragraphs say a division of humankind will be made.
One shall be taken and one shall be left. Who is to make the decision?
Who will do this judging of humanity to see who will be taken and
who will be left?

The time is very close for the ones who qualify to be taken.

Every day that pa: ou, individually, ar right
t taken by th ou live.

. ome narrow-minded sects of religious fanatics have established that
only 144,000 people will be saved. Of course they are part of the
chosen few. Those who will be taken, and those who will be saved,

| are two separate conditions.

i The next thing one asks is, “where will the people who are picked up
be taken?” This is answered in St. Luke 17:37. “And they answered
and said unto him, Where, Lord? And he said unto them, Wheresoever
the body is, thither will the eagles be gathered together.”

Naturally the eagles gather together in the sky. This was said in a
_\ parable at that time, because the people in the Biblical days didn’t

is catac ill wipe out the
will be left on the surface.

knd when he spoken these things, while they beheld, he was
taken up; and a cloud received him out of their sight.” (The Acts,1:9

e people actually saw the man Jesus taken up on
beam is used by the spacepeople to nulli avity. “And
i ey looked steadfastly toward heaven as he went up, behold,

- two men stood by them in white apparel: Which also said, Ye men of
Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? This same Jesus, which
is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye
have seen him go into heaven.” (Acts, 1:10, 11).

Most Christians who profess the Bible, as their holy book, do not
understand what it says. They think because nothing has happened in
their lifetime, that these things are written for some other people in
some distant future. — This is not so!

“The man called Jesus is about to return. How can one make such a
statement? How can one know when the time is to be?

{God's peoplésin

all ’ :
m Of pages an OK ,

of the time,

3282, of the Scofield Bible. )
“The spacecraft and their people are only one of the si

ei . |
cond Peter, Chapter 3, Verse 3 says: Knowing this first, that there |
37

shall come in the last days scoffers, walking after their own lusts.
Can it be more evident that the time is near? Air Force Intelligence
has been scoffing to the public through the n

First Thessalonians tells us in Chapter 5, Verse 3: “For when they
shall say, Peace and Safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon
them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape.”

While the diplomats talk peace and safety the militarists of the world
reveal their lusts for power in a race for weapons of destruction.

“They are of the world: therefore speak they of the world, and the
world heareth them. We are of God; he that knoweth God heareth us;
he that is not of God heareth not us. Hereby know we the spirit of
truth, and the spirit of error.” (1st John, 4:5, 6).

Experts by the dozens, bearing the marks of earthling-authority,
have had their say about the spacecraft. They give various opinions
based on earthly science that spacecraft are hallucinations, inversions,
jets, balloons, sea gulls or spots before the eyes. Little do they reali

that only about one percent of the sightings <are_ being reported-to

em, People who believed in spacecraft used to be in the minority.

_ Now more than half of the people believe in the spacecr: ther
ey have seen Gas OF aoe ee Sawer whethe

‘Une Top investigator of “unidentified fying objects” who discounted

fhem White He was with the military forces, is telling the-opposite naw.

evelations, Chapter 21, Verses 5 to 16 inclusive, tell in what man-

ner Jesus will return. Verse 16 gives the dimensions of the.ship he will

return in. The neal and call this ship a “star craft.” It is 1500 miles .

square. It is named(Shanchea)and it is the positively charged “moon”
orbiting around the Earth now.

“Too big? You can't believe it? You are riding on a spaceship 7500
miles in diameter and the Earth is a small globe compared to some of
the large planets. Expand your mind — you are living in an endless
Universe and have li many other planets before you came here.

“second Peter, Chapter 3, Verse 17, says: “Ye therefore, beloved, see
ing ye know these things before, beware lest ye also, being led away

with the error of the wicked, fall from your own steadfastness.” ©
Jesus was seen after his resurrection by his disciples and others.

_ “After that, he was seen of above five hundred brethren at once; of |
whom the greater part remain unto this present, but some are fallen -

asleep. (1 Corinthians, 15:6).
38

dMany recognize that a great change is upon us. Earthlings are play-
with the death force of atomic energy. More evidence that the
#@turn of Jesus is near, is recorded in Second Peter, Chapter 3, Verse

1@ which says: “But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the -

fight; in which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the
@ements shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the works that
#e therein shall be burned up.” Could atomic explosives be more ac-
cirately described than “the elements,” (uranium, plutonium, hydrogen
and lithium ), melt with fervent heat.

If the passengers of an airline saw the crew throwing grenades out
of a window, upon the wings, of the plane; the crew would be com
titted to an asylum upon landing.

The “crews in authority” are as insane, when they explode kilotons
of bombs upon the Earth; which is the ship we are riding through

“And he that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I make all things new.
And he said unto me, Write: for these words are true and faithful.”
(Rev., 21:5).

‘Write the things which thou hast seen, and the things which are, and
the things which shall be hereafter. (Rev., 1:19).

The “New Jerusalem” referred to in the Bible, quoted in Rev., 21:10,
is not really new. It is the positive polarity “moon” that has been orbit-

e Star
years ago at the birth of the

US
~ This positive polarity spaceship is square.
“No, I’m not crazy. Columbus said the earth was round and you can
plainly see that its flat. Do not be fooled by what you see. The earth is

round and the Sun is square. You only see the negative forcefield

atound the Sun, not the body inside the force-field.
: This is not new information. It has been before the eyes of earth-
lings hundreds of years in print; though it was not recognized. Rev.,

21:16, tells you: “And the is 2
arg th

: » : Y
reason it was called “The Star of Bethlehem” was because when

it is activated under control — it looks like a star to physical vision. The
last time its power units were activated was when the man Jesus was
“born.” This “positive star body” generates a negative force-field
around it, to protect it when it is in motion as a ship.

The name “Bethlehem” tells you that “Beth” is used today as “Beta”
meaning negative. “Le” is used today as “lea,” meaning a meadow.
“Hem” can be understood by any woman — as the thing that goes
around the bottom of a dress. “Star of Beta-le hem” means — a positive
body, with a negative force-field, around it, over a meadow. That is
where Jesus was born — in.a manger, in a meadow.

The population given in Rev., 5:11: “And I beheld,
and I heard the vore of many angels round about the throne and the
beasts and the elders: and the number of them was ten thousand times
ten thousand, and thousands of thousands.”

The seven sealed books in Chapter 5, 6 and 7 of Revelations are as
follows. First seal — Colonization. Second seal — War. Third seal —
Money system. Fourth seal — Money control. Fifth seal — Salvation.
Sixth seal — Cataclysm. Seventh seal — Spa i i
intent of. earthlings, in order to determi

When it is seen approaching the surface with its irridescent force-field;
and the occupants broadcasting over every radio and television loud-

speaker, whether the sets are turned on or off; that will be the day.
When Jesus was asked if he was the son of God, he said in St. Mark,
14:62, “I am: and ye shall see the Son of man sifting on the right hand
g_in the clouds.of heaven.” “The right hand of

C0) was used to genera iti i
power; and it is alsosquare. ee ee ee
Ezekiel, Chapter 1:26 to 28 further describes Shanchea, “as the ap-
pearance of a sapphire stone; as the appearance of fire round about
piel Ke ) ee “as ved erp pig bow (irridescent rainbow
-fie at is in the cloud in the day of rai -
ance of the brightness round about.” ie mene een
Ezekiel also said, when describing the wheels within wheels, Chapter

1:17. “When they went, they went upon thei :
turned not when they went. ‘ pon their four sides: and they

“And he saith unto me, Seal not the sayings of th h .
book: for the time isat hand.” (Rev., 99:10). Bye Rronay ere

_<“Shanchea e cr at will bring the man called Jesus back.

CHAPTER FIVE

POLLUTION & BLOOD

“The earth also is defiled under the inhabitants thereof; because
they have transgressed the laws, changed the ordinance, broken the
everlasting covenant.” Isaiah, 24:5.

In the last 60 years, material sciences, industrial effort, and financial
investment, have accomplished more progress than in the history of
this civilization and all the past combined.

In the desire to perpetuate political prestige, profit in a viscious
competitive business world, and military supremacy in an environment
of overkill capacity, the people have forgotten their spiritual founda-
tion, They have ignored natural law and lost the long range perception
of tomorrow’s effects for today’s acts.

“As ye sow, so shall ye reap,” is a truth, not only in agriculture, but
in all things. We follow laws of breeding for faster race horses, more
milk production, meatier turkeys, more eggs from chickens, and many
more improved and profitable ventures. Then we nullify the knowl-
edge that all this works, by killing off our physically fit young people
in four wars, and breed up four successive generations of youth from
people that were not physically qualified to fight. Now we need a law
to upbreed a generation from our prime physical youth, to fill a so-
called “generation gap” of misfits, created by the down breeding. In-
stead, we are breeding down in disease, and orphaned children, and
further increasing the generation gap.

This is the result of political ignorance, parental apathy, and bureau-
cratic mismanagement. If we drafted the best qualified of our elders
to run the government, and quit appointing stooges for political pay-
off, this county could be the America that was respected by the rest of
the world up until 40 years ago.

‘Television in its great potential brings us pictures from space, and
many worldwide wonders, then it becomes the “boobtube” in hypo-
ctisy of “don’t smoke” commercials followed by cigarette advertise-
ments. Some of the idiotic commercials only show the level of the
mental dopes who make them. Kiddie cartoons are one scene after
another of blow-up, bang, and kill.

We pay a 10% surtax foisted on the people “to stop inflation,” and
everything has gone up in price since it started. Has anyone yet seen
Congress repeal any of the laws that don’t work since Prohibition?

“Detergents, and industrial wastes have killed most of the fish in the

Great Lakes and some major rivers, But then we must have our clothes
“cleaner than clean” — whatever that is. Now we have enzymes in all
of the “whiter than white” and pre soak cleaners. Did anyone in bio-
chemistry, or government agencies ever figure out what these enzymes
will do to anything organic in lakes, and rivers? Wildlife is already on
the decline in many areas from D.D.T. sprays.

As profit increases, so does nationwide pollution increase. As bureau-
cracy increases, so does graft, cover-up, and the cost of living.

Then comes the ultimate mistake in ignorance. The profiteers, the
bureaucrats, the know-it-alls with degrees, all combined for their indi-
vidual reasons to conduct atmospheric atomic and nuclear bomb tests.
Toys for the military and scientific playboys, with a hundred-million
suckers financing their wild fiasco.

After over a hundred meetings in Geneva, Switzerland, to arrive at
an atmospheric bomb test agreement, with no results, suddenly Presi-
dent Kennedy and Khrushchev arrive at an overnight agreement and
sign a bomb test ban treaty. Why? Because it finally got through to
them too late, that the fallout from past atomic and nuclear bomb tests
were exceeding the critical level for human safety in many areas. The
A.E.C. says the fallout from past atmosphereic bomb tests will increase
until 1975, It isn’t the earthquakes that will get you, it’s this silent, un-
seen curse from atomic fallout.

A recent analysis of wildlife in Northern California shows the bones
of animals loaded with Strontium 90, The areas of the country that get
the most rain, and snow, are where the most fallout is. If the bones of
animals have the accumulation of radioactive debris, so do the bones
of people. The A.E.C. says the safest place to live is where there is the
least precipitation. Here our average rainfall per year is three and one
half inches. What is it in your area?

U. Thant, Secretary General of the United Nations, says we have
no more than 10 years to solve our political, economic, military, and
social problems throughout the world. If anyone thinks this is possible
they should examine themselves in a mirror,

A Congress of scientific pollution experts, meeting recently, said
that if our present rate of pollution of air, water, and land, continues
there will not be a living thing on the Earth in 35 years.

We have long contended over the years, in the “Proceedings,” that
the “spirit” of religion and the “matter” of science are merged,

Medical science has now discovered and verified our contention. In
an article printed in the Los Angeles Times of November 26, 1967, on
page 15 of Section D, the following data was revealed.

Under the heading “New Finding of Energy May Aid Heart Pa-
tients,” doctors doing research at the University of Maryland revealed
the following findings and we quote from this article.

“Discovery of an at present unidentified electric power supply in the
blood stream of a living animal could revolutionize the design of the
electronic pacemakers implanted in certain patients to regulate and
stimulate the heart beat.

The discovery was made by a team of research scientists from the
University of Maryland.

Their preliminary experiments indicated that sufficient energy was
produced from this source to provide the power for a pacemaker.

The leaders of the team, Dr. Adam Cowley of the school of medicine
and Dr. Mostafa Tallat of the mechanical engineering department be-
lieved the new source of energy could provide a permanent, reliable
power supply.

Pacemakers at present in use, usually run on small batteries inserted
near the patients heart. These need periodic replacement — and a
surgical operation to do it.

Commenting on their discovery, Dr. Cowley said “battery systems
are just not adequate. They are supposed to be good for five years,
but most do not last two years and are unreliable even before then.”

In a statement released by the University of Maryland, Dr. Cowley
said that finding sufficient energy within the body itself would be a
“great asset to medicine,” not only for pacemakers but also for “future
electrical devices in the body.”

In the healthy human heart, a sheaf of nerves and muscle sends out
a tiny electrical impulse which stimulates the powerful heart muscles,
squeezing oxygen-laden blood throughout the body.

More than 10,000 Americans today owe their lives to artificial pace-
makers which help supply that tiny, all important impulse.

Dr. Cowley, Dr. Tallet and their team achieved their results by
placing one electrode in a dogs heart and a second electrode outside
the heart, in various combinations.

“In each case, a sustained power level two to four times that needed
to power a pacemaker resulted,” the university statements on the ex-
periments said.

Although they were not sure precisely how the electric power was
produced, Dr. Cowley and Dr. Tallat believed they have found a “truly
biological electrical power supply.”

Italicized words in the quoted article are ours.

First Corinthians 15:44 says, “It is sown a natural body; it is raised

a spiritual body. There is a natural body, and a spiritual body.”

Medical science is finding out that this physical biological body is
powered by the electrical spirit body. When the electrical spirit body
departs from the chemical physical body, the matter body dies. The
electrical spirit body is eternal because you can’t kill electricity.

The physical body rejection of organ and heart transplants is the
result of the spirit body rejecting a part that it didn’t assimilate to
itself in the spirit electrical frequency and vibration of the person.

People are electrically, or spiritually as different as their fingerprints,
Matter and energy are opposite poles of the same thing. Matter can be
converted into energy and energy can produce matter. The energy elec-
tric spirit body assimilates the matter physical biological body from the
earth through food, water and air.

The legs of dead frogs can be activated by electrical currents to its
nerve ends. This same principle is used in the heart pacemakers. You
are electrically powered by the spirit which is you. Every sensing in the
physical body is electrical. There are spiritual, or electrical senses be-
yond the five mis-named physical senses of sight, taste, touch, smell,
and hearing. There is the sense of feeling. This sense normally makes
one blush when they are embarrassed. This is the sense that makes you
know that you are the sense of being. This sense can be expanded
through silence, or meditation, and practice in this respect will make
you more intuitive. Extra sensory perception, called E.S.P., is not extra
in any respect. It is only more developed in some people than in others.

A sense of time also exists in the spirit electrical individual. This
makes it possible for some people, using this time sense, to awaken at
a given time without an alarm clock. The spirit knows the time and
awakens the physical body by reversing its polarity from the back to
the front of the brain. This too has been demonstrated by science with
sleep machines.

The limits of the physical body are the limits of physical matter
environment. The spirit, or electrical body has no limits, that is why it
is infinite and eternal.

We hope science continues to discover the unlimited extent of reli-
gion, and that religion finally recognizes through science that it can
measure and record the eternal forces of life in the flesh.

You are a walking battery. Your body is composed of millions of
cells; these cells are composed of millions of atoms. Atoms are centers
of positive and negative centers of activity, which are spinning fields.
You are a mass of condensed energy, of which you probably only use
less than one percent.

Jens are charged particles of positive, or negative polarity. When
you breathe you take in about 22,000 cubic inches of air a day. A cubic
centimeter of normal air carries an average from 200 to 1,000 ions of
both polarities. Air pollution may increase this to as high as 6000 ions
in a cubic centimeter.

Positive ions in air make you tense and irritable. Negative ions make
yon-relaxed and tranquil. Positive ions are detrimental, and negative
ions are beneficial.

The sooner science can accept the fact that human bodies are only
the- matter polarity of the anti-matter opposite polarity of spirit, then
the sooner health will be restored to a sick humanity.

Dr. Leon Lederman, Professor of Physics at Columbia University
stated,, “It is not possible now to disprove the grand speculation that
these,antiworlds are populated by thinking creatures.”

The ion content of the air changes with density, temperature and
barometric pressure, as well as humidity.

Asthma patients have felt so much relief in the presence of a nega-
tive ion emitter that they don’t want to leave the room.

Dr. Kornblueh, in Philadelphia, studied brain wave patterns and
found that negative ions tranquilized people in severe pain. Pain is now
relieved in many major hospitals by placing the suffering patients in
rooms charged with negative ions. Dr. Robert McGowan of North-
eastern Hospital in Philadelphia says, “Negative ions make burns dry
out faster, heal faster, and with less scarring. They also reduce the
need for skin grafting.”

Cilia normally whip around in a motion of about 900 beats a minute
in normal air. Negative ions increase this beat to about 1200 a minute
and positive ions slow it down to 600 a minute or less. This is an
electrical effect.

As magnetic storms occur on the Sun, the Earth is affected and
resarch shows an increase in suicides and nervous and mental disorders
during these periods.

Electro-static potentials are associated with all living things. Vegeta-
tion shows regeneration rates that are proportional to direct current
induced in it. Malignant tumors in mice gradually disappear if direct
current is applied periodically. People go to sleep electrically. The
polarity reverses in the head. The front of the head has a negative
polarity potential, and a positive polarity in the rear. The polarity
reversal brings on sleeep.

Numbness is not only a lack of circulation, it is a lack of neuron
electrical flow. The senses are all electrical to the brain and depend
upon the movement and charge of ions.

Joseph Molitorisz, research engineer, says “I am inclined to believe
in an era when electrical stimulation of living systems may replace
much of the chemical treatments.” Molitorisz, with the Department
of Agriculture in Riverside, California, has controlled growth and pro-
duction electrically in orange trees. He found he could also draw
water through cut twigs electrically.

This is how a tree defies gravity in moving sap up through it. It is a
living ion antenna emitting ions from every leaf and extracting them
from the earth.

The old idea that no one can live on another planet because there is
no oxygen there, is out of the window.

The gas, or air, is not what effects you as such. The respiratory tract
is lined with millions of microscopic little hairs like small antenna,
called cilia. These minute antenna extract the static charge of ions in
the air and charge the blood cells like batteries. The blood as such is a
saline conductor electrically and is para-magnetic.

The electro-magnetic energy, or “spirit,” of man is infinite in its com-
posite form, or field. The blood in its para-magnetic ability to absorb
ions of energy, transmits this energy throughout the body. Since blood
is subject to thought, as established by Dr. Littlefield in his book,
“Man, Mineral, and Masters,” it is possible to create levitation of the
body by concentrated thought, or electromagnetic fields.

CHAPTER SIx
MOTION & TIME

_ Matter-energy, being magnetic-electrical condensation of Space in
polarity opposition, manifests its confinement in a perpetual jail called
Gravity. Universal desire for a state of rest in the static solution of
Space, makes time the measurement of the duration of the sentence
intposed by a judge called motion. The quarantine of the structure of
ote environment, in fields of its own mass, is essential to the order of
the universe.

A planet submits to contamination of its body, by the parasites that
live on it, until the point of interchange between energy and matter
react as a death sentence to protect the galactic society.

Motion is the result of the linear breathing of Universal Being mani-
festing as the perpendicular cross of electric and magnetic energies
that spin galaxies, solar systems, and atoms.

Galaxies spin, solar systems spin, planets spin, and while you are
moving, in space, in these three major motions on the planet; you are a
moving body occupied by moving cells composed of billions of atoms
that are also spinning.

The moon appears to rise in the East and set in the West, relative to
the horizons, when we view it from the Earth. If you were in space
looking perpendicular to the Earth’s orbit around the Sun, the Moon
would appear to follow a wave motion relative to the Earth’s orbit
track as shown in figure 1.

Full Moon

Path of Moon
Path of Earth

One Lunar Month

Sun

From the surface of the Moon you would see the Sun rise once every
28 Earth days. Everything appears different from different points of
view.

These motions are brought out to show that things are not always
what they appear to be.

Metal cones positioned at critical points in magnetic fields have
produced 100% pure silica out of the energy of space. This occurred
because the frequency of the fields was in the electromagnetic zone of
silica in the spectrum. Other pure elements could have been produced
as they are all in solution in the total energy of space. Sound recorded
during this experiment showed a sign wave on the oscilloscope that was
curved above the line and square below it.

Space propulsion will ultimately be the resonance of vibrations on a
diaphram in the rear of spaceships that is in discord with the harmony
of space. This will result in speeds in multiples of the speed of light.
Acceleration will not be felt because the people in the spaceship will be
inside of their electro-static magnetic fields surrounding the craft.

The center of activity in fields has no motion. This is the only point
of view from which true records can evolve.

Anti-gravity can be produced in any mass of matter by arranging the
poles of the atomic fields in linear polarity as the molecules are ar-
ranged to produce magnetism in a magnet. In this event it will be
easier to levitate the Empire State building in New York than it would
be to raise the pen with which I am writing, because the Empire State
building has more mass than the pen. Anti-gravity is proportionately
relative to the charge of the mass of a body, in contrast to the charge
of a planet’s mass.

A bumble bee does not fly by the air reactions of its wings, or aero-
dynamic flight. Its wings produce an electro-static accumulation in
polarity bands around its body and it rises by electro-static magnetic
insulation from gravity at the same time controlling direction of flight
by the wings in the air.

Every principle that can ever be used, already exists in nature, in
one manifestation or another, of an Infinite Mind that created galaxies,
planets, people, bees, and atoms.

Prana, or breath, the circulation of atoms of air in multiples of ac-
tivity, can produce anti-gravity, or levitation. This can be demon-
strated by five people breathing in unison creating the charge, and
partially removing the confinement of gravity. Set a heavy person on a
chair with two people standing on each side. All five bend at the waist
expelling air from the lungs at the same time in this downward bow.
Then all straighten up at the same time inhaling fully. Do this seven
consecutive times. Then the two front people standing on each side of
the person on the chair, place one index finger under each knee of the
person on the chair; and the other two people, standing behind those
two, place their index finger under the armpits of the subject on the

chair. This is done on the seventh down bend exhalation. As all five

| Creative Spirit, or stable static energy.

straighten up for the seventh time, the f i
opt paren , the four can lift a 200 pound man
fort air above their heads, on their index fingers, with no apparent |
Motions within motions in the activi
\ ty of solar systems t i
| ra aed as . result of BY structure being disoriented aoe
- Once the center poles of activity of the fields are all ori i
; perpendicular radially from the center of the pl ea ae
_ surface, anti-gravity will result. A toroid Wecth @ cadne cel a
: : w coil with a cad indi
4 depp agetaay the positive and negative fields. With this pests iene
eld up, the order of oriented fields want to get away from the sacral

matrix of disoriented fields in their discordant relations in the earth’s

reich ts panes of orderly energy trying to escape from the
Time is an absolute i i

n soto, Tine doesnot efit in the Centr of neray fds Time

cima ge pci ois St aman at

od of se ‘ot conned ivians vores fete

only destroy itself, when it discards the onder of bine of oan

'_ Higher education can only load the brain with a record of known

things. It cannot ie ae
basliaeaoe ot offer a course in inspiration, or copy the source of

ago.
The eternal qualities are the still i
é qualit , motionless matrix of time,
ap being. Things in motion change and things that change ona
eternal in any one pattern of form. .
“T” is the symbol of time.
“S” is the symbol of space.
“B” is the symbol of being.

This is the Cadeusus, or the triune of “T.” “B” and “S.”

Division of eternal things is what creates opposites.
Space Being

RRA

Now Then Here There Life Death

Cycles are. repetitions of the divisions. All divisions of opposites
reach a fulcrum pinnacle of stillness, at times. Everything in the universe
comes under one, or the other, of the three aspects of infinity. That
which can bring these three aspects into one is in perfect balance.

Each of the opposites cycles an interchange within itself like a swing-
ing pendulum.

Here becomes there as soon as you cross the street, and there be-
comes here. As you register your own changes in time, tomorrow be-
comes today as the Earth revolves on its axis, and today was tomorrow
yesterday.

Life and death also interchange, so that being may manifest through
the action. This in itself is proof that you have always been and always
will be. It is odd when you hear someone who professes belief in an
after life refer to someone dying with this remark: “Well that’s the
end of him.”

The old expression, “Time heals all things” is as erroneous as saying
“the Sun comes up, or sets.” The ability to forget, in time, may heal
something such as sorrow. Forgiveness is forgetness.

Time cannot be a dimension, as Einstein tried to prove, because
everything in motion in time will never repeat itself again exactly as
it was before.

Be-ing is to manifest substance in form to conform to the require-
ments of an environment you are in at the moment. Death is the re-
quirement of change from living in one environment to living in a
different environment.

If you could be not, then you could not be now, because now was
then before you arrived here from there. You are all the time, even
when your body sleeps. The real you never sleeps, although it'rests at
the peak of the fulcrum in the interchange between the opposites of
life and death.

j9!Flesh is only matter you assimilate as a requirement of this dense
Earthly condition. Flesh moves only because your real body moves
# Your matter body of flesh is not going to walk, or talk, after you
out of it. Death can only manifest in matter. This is the interchange
that permits it to return to what it was before you assimilated it in form.
That portion of space which is you, will always be in time some-
where. Expressing life here now is really death there then, when you
observe from the opposite side of things.
‘The trinity of time, space, and being are the deity called God.
“ Space is energy in a static state. Matter is energy in a condensed
state. The energy in matter is not static. Every atom of its matrix is in
motion. It is in constant change through erosion, corrosion, and the
decay of its atomic structure.

“ Space is the static essence of pure intelligence and is the Infinite
Creative Mind that knows all and everything. Discoveries, inventions,
and all new things are derived from this Absolute Mind. No function,
act, or principle, can be employed by mankind, that was not already
operating by some natural law somewhere throughout time. This static
conductor of thought is the absolute time that occupies every atom,

olecule, cell, and individual that manifests separate levels of action
rom the stillness of mind.

« The Creative Spirit isn’t dead. Anyone who professes this has re-
yerted back to the animal state of un-consciousness and caused the
spirit within to become dormant. They have rejected the very essence
that makes them man.

Ignorance demands something they can see, or sense with the five
animal senses, in order to accept God. Thus they must have effigies, a
man on a cross, or statues, to comprehend their God. They cannot com-
prehend that the Infinite Spirit is manifesting in every atom and cell of
their physical bodies.

_ Atoms are the first level of creation and are perfect in their order.
An atom of hydrogen is identical with every other atom of hydrogen.
Its mass, its atomic weight, its position in the society of the elements,
its boiling point, its melting point, its electron structure, and oxidation
state and density, are exact. Could this have been the product of evo-
lution? If so from where did it come to achieve such identical order in
its makeup?

‘Hydrogen functions for its purposes, within its created limits, be-
cause it cannot manifest anything except that which it was created for.
}. Humans are an assimilated mass of billions of billions of atoms in
their physical matrix. They are what they are, because this environ-

ment on this particular planet requires that they be that way, in order
to manifest here.

One adult human is composed of approximately 300 trillion cells.
each cell is a living entity unto itself and performs all of its activities
within its limits. It knows what to do because that perfect Absolute
Mind runs it. It takes about 250 cells, end to end to reach one inch. The
combined cell structure of one adult human, placed end to end would
go around the world, at the equator, over 200 times. Can the activities
of these trillions of cells in one human body, each performing its job
in harmony and order with all of the others, be accidental, or evolu-
tionary? This alone, in its function of one human physical body, proves
a mind control beyond brain understanding.

Then when one realizes that each of these trillions of cells is com-
posed of genes, chromosomes, and other parts, each performing their
functions within the cell, one begins to grasp the order and ability of
the perfect Mind; of an Infinite God in manifesting one human being.

Those humans who are with God, allow Him to run them in their
complex makeup. Those who are not with God are dreaming up new
additives, or taking them to try to make the body work differently with
makeshift human ideas that are not part of natural human assimilation.

This Perfect Mind that makes all of these things, and keeps them
working, will respond from Its static state if one activates a response
from It. You will not get a response from this Perfect Mind by bowing,
kneeling, praying, or begging for help whenever the occasion demands
it. You will only get a response by continually admiring It, loving It
and respecting It in supplication and reverence.

Do all things in moderation is God’s command and law. Treat others
as you like to be treated. Have courtesy and respect for that part of
God manifesting in everyone you come in contact with, if you would
have God respond in you when you need Him.

The laws this Perfect Mind made in atoms, solar systems, and people
cannot respond in violation of Its own laws. One has to build up a
deposit of response, under God’s law of reciprocation, or He cannot
give anything back to you. If you, as a matrix of trillions of God’s cell
creations, recognize this order and activity and think love and admira-
tion and appreciation to them for their daily work in making you func-
tion, you will be surprised at your well being.

You are in God and God is in you. If you find God in yourself, and
others, you do not need to seek the Infinite Incomprehensible God out
there, in space.

In the space you occupy, you are the most important assembly of
complex structure, that can manifest God where you are.

Each person is the center of the Universe unto themselves. From

f within them God sees everything from their individual point of view
‘and understands and responds according to their actions. God is not
,an “Indian giver,” and he gave man the right of free choice. Use it

@ accordingly,

Carrer SEVEN
ENERGY & TESLA

Fohat — Mind — Life Force — Eloptic Energy — Thought Force —
E.S.P., and other names, have tried to express what little is understand-
able about an effect that manifests through all living things.

Even those few who do understand it, would want to attribute its
universal essence to the Creative Spirit which makes all life eternal.

We have discovered that electricity and magnetism are the right
and left hands of God, so to speak. Without electro-magnetic energies
a Sun, or Planet, or a Solar System; an atom, or structures of the atom,
living bodies, ants, or people, flowers, birds, or fish, nothing can be
without these invisible forces of electricity and magnetism. In polarity
response they both interchange with each other and one cannot exist
without the other.

The mysterious energy that makes electricity and magnetism work,
is perpendicular to both the electric and magnetic patterns, and estab-
lishes a third plane of reference which we call a “time zone.” This
“Zone” is not detectable, or measurable, with standard electric or mag-
netic instruments. It responds to thought and can orient the magnetic
pattern out of perpendicularity to the electric pattern. If the magnetic
field exceeds 87° and coincides to the electric wave pattern, disinte-
gration results in matter and it becomes energy. This occurs with no
sound, or heat, or explosion, but will be accompanied by brilliant light
emissions. Teleportation can be accomplished by this effect. Pure
elements of matter can be created out of energy in the spectrum fre-
quency of any element with controlled polarity reversal in the electric
flow.

To our understanding this “zone” is Universal Mind which creates
reciprocal actions between electric and magnetic effects. This “zone”
being responsive to thought, makes it possible to understand how all
matter from galaxies, to people and atoms, can be created by a Uni-
versal Mind, or Cosmic God, which is everywhere. This could explain
the old expression, “never Jet your one hand know what the other
hand is doing,” because the other hand would set up an equal and
opposite effect. This also would explain how a Supreme Infinite Intelli-
gence could create matter and the physical universe out of the unseen
energy. Mind had to come before matter, otherwise how can one ex-
plain the order of celestial bodies in unlimited magnitude down to the
complete order in atoms.

Should one feel that they are infringing on God to try and under-
stand his creations? Should one feel that it is “off bounds” to try to

(gota toe

publ te cme abate

find out how the perfect laws of the universe operate life in matter?
There is no “tree of knowledge.” Knowledge is in finding out what
makes a tree a tree. Wasn't man supposed to have “dominion over all
things”? Wasn’t man given a “right of free choice” by God?

; Three-hundred-trillion cells in one adult human body perform an
interchange of biological electrical functions in such order that only a
perfect Universal Spirit could direct their activities. No human study
of effects in physical structure will ever reveal the causes of these effects,

| unless one works through the spirit in dedication to a beneficent pur-

pose for mankind.
This Other Energy” is the conductor of cell communication between

. all living things. Cleve Baxter’s research proves the communication but

it doesn’t explain how it works. Cells do not

plese be cai ot have ears, but they do
The Hieronymus device proved that communication from cell struc-
ture in the astronauts in Apolla 8 and 11 had no loss in power from the
earth to the moon. Hieronymus also proved plants would grow in
total darkness by bringing “This Other Energy” into the darkness from
metal plates exposed to sunlight through wires connected to metal
plates over the seeds. Light does not travel through wires.

Franz Anton Mesmer, who was born in 1734, called “This Other
Energy” “animal magnetism.” Dr. D’Eslon, Mesmer’s chief pupil, form-
ulated the laws of animal magnetism as follows:

“1. Animal magnetism is a universal, continuous fluid, constituting an
absolute plenum in nature, and the medium of all mutual influence
between interstellar bodies and between the earth and animal bodies,

2. It is the most subtle fluid in nature, capable of flux and of reflux
Ses flow, and of receiving, propagating and continuing all kinds

motion.

3. The human body has poles and other properties analogous to the
magnet.

4, The action and virtue of animal magnetism may be communicated
from one body to another, whether animate or inanimate.
ae It operates at a great distance, without the intervention of any

y.
6. It is increased and reflected by mirrors, communicated.
: i , propagat-
searyron increased by. saund, "ind ol be accumulated, concentrated
ansported.” Is this “increase sound” th for singi

hymns in the churches? Patan oan

“This Other Energy” was called “The Mumia” by Paracelsus. “The .
Odic Force” by Reichenbach, “The Nervous Ether” by Richardson,

“The X Force” by Eeman, “The Prana” by Indian Gurus, and is “Life
Force” itself.
‘Form has a lot to do with the manifestation of “This Other Energy.”
Cones produce a cohesive transmission of this energy for miles. Min-
“exals crystalize in their individual forms because “This Other Energy
juites exact order. Pyramids oriented in the planes of North, South,
‘ast and West, relative, faces, will produce vortices and strange
Feactions in thet An egg,out of its shell, in a saucer beneath 2
Ibumen harden in less than a week, while an-
pyramid remains liquid.
be located equally spaced in

/ vacant areas surrounding the Los Angeles basin, the smog could be

eliminated, This w sven masts 600 feet high and the top,
‘or-tlongest, guy wires would have to be on a 52° plane on all sides
equivalent to the great pyramid of Gizeh in Egypt. The only disad-
‘of this would-be malfunction of some aircraft instruments if

‘over the masts. On the other hand they wouldn't cost any’
‘operate except the cost of their construction. We have tested
‘welding rods at all four corners and they work as
sides were filled in as with cardboard

‘hing fo operat
amide made

alte experiments as i
ramids.

So much could be accomplished with the use of “This Other Energy”
if the orthodoxy of educated scientists would investigate and accept
those principles of nature that operate in life itself. No one seems to
be able to break through that wall of self-inflicted ego that keeps
science within the profit structure of a defunct economy, while hu-
manity goes down to its own destruction in a chemical and radiation
disaster.

Tt seems that today, the people who know how to do things are
stopped in their tracks, by laws and opinions from authorities who
don’t know how to do things. Maybe this is the destiny of a planet that
reaches for the Moon, when it needs something to divert the peoples
thinking about the mess it has made on the earth, A hungry child can-
not understand this philosophy. Disease, and poverty, and war are
man-made results of wrong thinking over the years. “This Other En-
ergy” can only respond, and reciprocate, according to the fixed laws
of the universe, Education can only give from the past. The present
must operate on inspiration and faith, or the future is lost.

A past civilization knew how to use “This Other Energy” to levitate
eiyiting cleding Chemex Utmaniferted in the Kings Chamber of

reat Pyramid to revive dead V.LP.s in three days, | ‘or mummify
ey fa life. Thi

Hendrick’ ‘proved that organ cells,
injected into the body, would only go to the same kind or organ in the

‘Body and fortify it,

“People areas diferent as thes Sngerprints and “This Other Energy”
makes them all live. How long are the authorities going to ignore the
basic philosophy of life, known only to a few people, when it could
add multiplicity to present life spans?

Over 30% more is being spent now, for weapons of war, than was
being spent four years ago. This 30% spent in the right direction could
have already unlocked so much more of the secrets of life and we
could have already been on the road to 150 year life spans without
aging.

‘Those few of us who understand “This Other Energy” continue to
plod on at a snails pace, determined in our direction, to break trail for
a heaven on earth in the future,

‘Tests conducted with vegetables growing in a garden, show remark-

_able_resultswhen they ae grown under electro-magnetic_stimull,
‘They've found that up to 30% more seeds will germinate after they
have been in the ground for 24 hours. Growth of the crop to the time
of harvest, is accelerated by several weeks. In some growing areas this
‘makes it possible to_plant the second crop sooner, thereby avoiding
early freezes; as about 6 weeks can be gained on both the plantings to
‘the time of the second harvestin,
Leaf vegetables_and_above-the-ground vegetables will be near!
twice the size of normal vegetables that are grown in uncharge¢

ods
‘Root vegetables, like carrots, parsnips, ete., will not only be k wrger, but
will have more flavor. Ball-shaped vegetabl yt react as well as

Pointed root and pointed leaf vegetables. This includes head lettuce,
cabbage, turnips and potatoes, among others, This is because their
= hherical shape accumulates the charge instead of permitting flow of

current to! i m. am

device to is activity can be made as follows. Get a

straight length (21 feet) of %” diameter galvanized water pipe. Take
2°” standard coupling and weld a four-foot cross of #” pipe on one
end of it. The cross is to be horizontal to the ground when the coupling
‘5 screwed on to the top of the pipe mast. Solder eleven spikes onto

each arm of the cross — from center. These will be spaced 2 inches
apart from the ends coming in, and each 9 inches long. These spikes are
‘made from #10 copper wire and all point straight up. The top ends
“Fhowld bo sharponet to point by haramoring or gtd tole thoy
are soldered on to the cross arms.
~ Solder 12 wires around the base of the mast, 18 inches up from the
bottom end. This can be #14 bare copper wire, each equal in length to
your garden radius. Screw the spiked cross onto the top of the mast.
Connect four guy wires to the top of the mast at the center of the cross.
Put an insulator on each guy wire six feet down from their connection
at the top of the mast. Add ten more fect of guy wire to each of these
insulators, and put another insulator on each of these wires. Drive four
pipe stakes, at an angle to the ground, 15 feet from the mast and
equally spaced about it. Fasten four guy wires to the stakes, each long
enough to connect to the bottom insulators.

Dig a small hole for the mast, This hole should be big enough for a
wide mouth large glass peanut butter jar. Be sure the top of this jar is
above the ground level, Put a smaller glass jar in the peanut butter jar,
and another smaller one in it; until the jar inside is just big enough to
fit around the pipe mast. Slide the jars on the pipe mast lower end,
set the mast up and attach the stake guy wires to the four lower in-
sulators, Adjust the guy wires so the mast is vertical, but not tight
enough to bend the pipe mast.

Now dig twelve, equally spaced, radial ditches out from the mast to
the size of your garden. They are not to exceed 200 fect from the mast,
‘These ditches should be deeper than the working depth of hoe or cul-
tivator, Extend the twelve wires out and down these ditches and cover
them up, after placing a stake at the outer end of each wire; so you can
always tell where the wires are.

Now plant your rows radially from the mast in your round garden.
Do not plant directly over the wires, as roots may entangle them,
Rows should never be closer than four feet to each other on the inner
end, Plant what you like best parallel to the wires.

‘This device works by activating the natural electric charge in the
atmosphere and the earth. These charges being in unbalance (between
the solid earth and the gaseous air) try to balance, thereby creating an
electric flux in the mast and wires. The current in the wires produces a
magnetic field around them, and brings about a gentle magnetic vortex

\ perpendicular to the ground. This in turn creates accelerated ion and
\ electric activity in the plants, and roots, which are in the vertical line
\of electric flux, Each vege! cs its ic
‘accelerator, anc thus increases its own growth and current flow.
5S

This device employs natural electric and magnetic principles and
costs nothing to operate. Tt will stimulate growth over an acre of
‘ground.

Side view of cross > LLU

%" pipe

Top view of cross on top of mast

coupling

Dots are vortical spikes
Pipes are 4" dia, x 4! long
Weld pip

to each other

Wold pipe cross on top of coupling

%” pipe mast 21 ' long

Ground lever

go Me bare wire
vadersround

Glass jars 3 sizes Saallest one to fit X" pipe mast loosely

That one inside of next one Second one inside of largest one

‘The greatest genius of all time is practically unknown in the annals
of American history. Marconi, Edison, Bell, the Wright brothers, and
Fulton, are known for their contributions to the scientific and industrial
world by nearly everyone.

Nikola Tesla was born at Smiljan, Yugoslavia, on July 10, 1856, He
was the inventor of alternating current generators and motors, the
polyphase system of the transmission of power, and the four tuned
circuit system which is the basis of radio transmission. He radio con-
trolled a ship model in 1898, By this he laid the basis of all radio tele-
mechanics, Tesla was 18 years old when Guglielmo Marconi was born
in Marzabotto, Italy in 1874. Tesla preceded Marconi’s radio discover-
ies by several years.

Tesla held 25 patents on electrical motors and generators from 1886,
9 patents on the transmission of electrical power, 6 patents on electric
lighting, 17 patents for controllers and high frequency apparatus, 12
patents in radio technics, 5 patents for turbines, and 11 other patents
‘on various devices. Nikola Tesla was the father of alternating current
‘which made it possible to transmit power over great distances and run
the industries of today.

In 1891 Tesla said “There is no subject more captivating, more
worthy of study, than nature, To understand this great mechanism, to
discover the forces which are active, and the laws which govern them,
is the highest aim of the intellect of man.”

‘Tesla said, “The superstitious belief of the ancients, if it existed at
all, cannot be taken as a reliable proof of the ignorance, but just how
much they knew. can only be conjectured, A curious
fact Hat the fay or loepedlahad used by Santa os Bother erapy..
The records, though scanty, are of a nature to fill us with conviction
that a few initiated, at least, had a deeper knowledge of amber phen-
omena, To mention one, Moses was undoubtedly a pradtical and dilfal
electrician far in advance of his time. The Bible describes precisely and
minutely arrangements constituting a machine in which electricity was

generated by friction of air against sill curtains and stored in a box

like a condenser. Tt is very plausible to assume that the sons of Aaron
‘ere lllod yx gh tention dacharge ant Mario eset noe arge, and that the vestal fires of the
Ramans were eledrical ‘Tho belt drive must have been Town to
engineers of that epoch, and it is difficult to see how the abundant
evolution of static electricity could have escaped their notice. Under
favorable atmospheric conditions a belt may be transformed ‘int
dynamic generator capable of producing many striking actions, I have.
lighted incandescent lamps, operated motors and performed numerous
other equally interesting experi ith electricity drawn from belts
and stored in tin cans.’ a
iese_Tast two sentences describe exactly the static generator for
‘Rich Van De Graaf was later given credit for developing and
Tesla again was excluded from the scientific history and an-
srson was given the credit.

's reference to Moses’ tabernacle, as an “electro-static generator,”

+f 7s Wescribing our “Tntegratron” closely as to principle of operation, ft

regenerated the body also, as Moses died at one hundred and twenty

Joan of age, andor Caapein Deutercateny ETE Ne ‘was not dim,
nor hisnatural force abated”

This is even as our modern life saving technique called “mouth to
mouth resusitation” was describe ec-in to Bible in Socond Kings 1:34, 24
60

where Elisha went to a child that was pronounced dead; “And he went
Tip, and Tay upon the child and put his mouth upon his mouth, and
he eyes upon his eyes, and his hands upon his hands: and he stretched
‘Tinsel upon the child; andthe flesh of the child waxed warm.” We ,
‘still have the eye to eye, and hand to hand, contact to learn. It may be )

the hand to hand contact is like using jumpers from one battery to
another to assist it, and the eye to eye could be a form of mental auto-
suggestion employed,

Sty years ago Tesla sai, “I believe that the telantomatic_acrial
torpedo will make the large siege sun, on which so much depend
is placed at preset, obsolete eee

‘He was right again, as today we havo intercontinental ballistic mis-
siles controll: ronics, which he called teleautomatics,

_n his reference to “a revolution will be brought about through the
adoption of electrical agricultural apparatus,” again this information
has been neglected, or avoided for commercial reasons,

In experiments conducted at the government agricultural station at
Amherst, Massachusetts, in 1900, it was established that atmospheric
electricity conducted to vegetable gardens would enhance the growth,
and crop, by at least 30%, Why has this never been used? Why does the
government hide everything it discovers? Why discover something if
it isnot going to be used?

After printing
“Proceedings” we received a letter from one of our readers, well up in

cal profession? It isn’t because we need more doctors, it’s because we,

ical why not em; ic J
tpi cae of them. Thon w hy poten tie Jyh
let ray machine ope

jn so many cases, could be used.
“Nikola Tesla was financed by J. P. Morgan, George Westinghouse,
and several others, who all benefited from their association with him
Tes guinea pig in many of his experiments. He
said “Soon my efforts were centered upon producing in a small space
the most intensive induct m, and by gradual inprovements in
the apparatus, [obtained results of a surprising character. For instance,
when the end of a heavy bar of iron was thrust wi in a loop power-

fully energized, a few moments were sufficient to raise the bar toa high
temperature. Even lumps of other metals were heated as rapidly as
though they were placed in a furnace. When a continuous band formed
of a sheet of tin was thrust into the loop, the metal was fused instantly,
the action being comparable to an explosion, and no wonder, for the
frictional losses accumulated in it at the rate of possibly ten horse-
power. Masses of poorly conducting material behaved similarly, and
when a high exhausted bulb was pushed into the loop, the glass was
heated in a few seconds nearly to the point of melting.

When I first observed these astonishing actions, I was interested to
study their effects upon living tissues. As may be presumed, I proceed
with all the necessary caution, as well I might, for I had evidence that
in a turn of only a few inches in diameter an electromotive force of
more than ten-thousand volts was produced, and such high pressure
would be more than sufficient to generate destructive currents in the
tissue. This appeared all the more certain as bodies of comparatively
poor conductivity were rapidly heated and partially destroyed. One
may imagine my astonishment when I found that I could thrust my
hand, or any other part of my body within the loop and hold it there
with impunity. The only plausible explanation I have so far found is
that the tissues are condensers.”

This conforms to Dr. Georges Lakhovskys findings “that the_cell-

organic unit in all living beings, is nothing but_an electro-ma etic
resonator, capable of emitting and absorbing radiation of a very high

uen
“The human body is matter manifested. All spirit is matter, and all
matter is spirit, each manifesting in opposite polarity under different
conditions.
Nikola Tesla’s inventions are the basic foundation of all electrical
power, and without his discoveries, the scientific advances of today
would have been impossible.

. ( Iohim). This character was one of the Adamic ra
who was in the colony that had been landed here acecraft. The

CuyapTer FIcur
HUMANS & MAN

“In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth” (Gen. 1:1).

| This creation was a part of the continuously evolving creation through-

out the Universe. Each instant that passes new things are made, new
phases of life unfold, to live in ever progressing cycles of rebirth.

As related above God made heaven before earth. In these heavens of

; the sky He had already created man. On many planets, of many other

* solar systems and on other planets in this solar system man was de-

| veloped through thousands of years, before the earth was habitable.

Man was created (Gen. 1:27), he did not evolve from the lower

However he was not created on the earth.|\Man was created through-

_ out millions of solar systems, to serve as the instrument of God’s doing.
Anyone who contends that this planet is the only one occupied by in-

| telligent life forms, does not accept God in His infinite completeness.
Their narrow mind has placed a limit on His ability to perform his
creations, to one planet.

Adam was not a single man. The Adamic race of man were the first

Then God finished His work of creation in regard to man. He had
also finished the creation of the heavens and the earth (Gen. 2:1) and
all the host of them. This means all the beings who occupied the earth
and the heavens. So God “ended His work” and

; men of the Adamic race did not bring their women with them when
they first Tanded_on earth. This summary of the crea £ man b

brings Eve into the picture — not the Creator. The

were lonesome (Gen. 2:18) so
the relator names everything, to further confuse you. Then the

pops Eve out of a rib after one of their people fell into deep
sleep Gen. 2: 21, 22).
ie rings about the creation of people through birth everywhere

in the Universe, not by making women out of ribs.
The race of Eve were the highest form of lower animal life on this
planet. They were t_they were also not the race of mah,
‘create : :
he story of Adam, Eve and the apple. (Gen. 3: 1-14). This
¢ Adamic racéof man blamed the woman and the woman

blamed the serpent. The serpent di ave anyone to blame.
i d the Adamic race,

21-23) but one of the r
and crossed blood.

who was her mate.
is mother.

When Cain killed Abel he revealed the animal nature of his
He started the practice of murder, that has expanded to a point where
people now vaporize thousands with ic bombs
at is why the people of the earth are call ans. The Adamic
sons of God knew the tiger gs_a killer among-heasts. Their name for

(Hu) This has been brought up through the
ized here from the anci -

at is why you have an earthly, dense animal

ve.
body and an inner body of created reality, as God
made you.

~The trae created man and women of the Adamic
64

—This is where man became fru-man)Eve ave birth to Cain and Abel.
Shé didnt know who the Creator was so she said, “I have gotten a man
a fs : ® 2 0 _— the Ada >_ nN

: else.
_@ onthe earth. The Ham (black), Shem (white), and Japheth (yellow).
| These le are all true seed as long as the t_mixed,
k The Black people, and the yellow people, are as true a race of hu-

| race of Man, have be i eople on

| of years.

This “siva-lization” &€ hymans has expanded the science of destruc-

} tion to the point of crisis. The nations having atomic bombs have

enough to wipe out all living things on the earth. The animal of Eve

| is in power. In the United States the President is trying to regain con-

trol of atomic energy. Our elected branches of Administrative Gov-

- ernment realize that the beast is loose. Some of the eminent physicists

are beginni

about.

_ thin film 7 : hem gree i 3 y
| ‘have nullified concentrations of atomic radiation that were in our_at-
_ Inosphere. They feel responsible for the fact that one of their people
| Started this destructive cycle on the earth. God may have to “shorten
, the days” and bring the man called Jesus back before schedule, in
' order to awaken the people. You have a choice to make. You eithe
; accept the Creatoy’s Adamic constructive part of you, or you recop

. Th i il; the harvest is the end of
p the world; and the reapers are the angels (Space People). St. Matthew

Tt stands to reason that the spacepeople are not going to reap the
weeds (tares). Even humans gather the weeds only to burn them.

You must understand; that to acepeopl
€ t in wi at the earth is a field where they “planted a

crop” of peopl
They use the planets like humans use the land. Men plant various

: crops, but they segregate them; they do not plant wheat, oats, corn,
= barley and rye in the same field. This would cross the crops and make
: harvesting each separately impossible.

A race horse owner does not breed his thoroughbred mare with a

f plow horse. An oak tree does not mate with an elm tree.

Wheat is pure seed stock grown as wheat. Tares are the result of

crossed seed. This applies to the seed of humans as well as anythin
——

The spacepeople originally landed (planted) three species of man

65.

mans as the white people, as long as they do not oss seed
by intermating, This is the “original sin.

All of the “angels” are not white, They are pure seed_of their own
colbr, however, —

“The Son of man shall send forth his angels, and they shall gather

out of his kingdom all things that offend, and them which do iniquity.”

St. Matthew 13; 41.
The “Son of Man” are the people of idea dain sats ior teas eo
‘and the animalraceofEve. #2...

Humans are the crossbreed descendants of the Adamic race of Man
- and the animal race of Eve.
nd the animal race of Eve.

This original sin of the Adamic colony, that was first planted (land-

ed), on this held (the earth), is further crossed by the intermating
between the true races. This has brought about an increase in the tares.

tossbreeding of the word tares has even taken place by making a
diagonal line through the letter R. This has created a new monster
called taxes.

“And they shall gather out of his kingdom all things that offend, and
them which do iniquity.”

What is meant here by out of his kingdom? Have you not often heard
of the places of natural beauty being referred to as, “God’s Country”?
The farms, the forests, the deserts, and places where people go on their
vacations, in order to escape for a moment from the human cauldron
of siva-lization in the cities?

The spacepeopl atherin laces those who don’t
belong there. is kingdom This is evidenced by these people, who
place mammon above God. rushing to the cities because they can

“make more money there.”

The money-mad people are being influenced mentally to follow their
professed god mammon.

On the other hand, many people are fed-up with the money mad

crowd, and are being influenced to go back to God’s Country.
_ This migration is the separation of the wheat from the tares. Those
who do iniquity, by seeking more and more money, have separated
oe from the people who are seeking more and more “kingdom
oO :

“So shall it be at the end of the world: the angels shall come forth,
and sever the wicked from among the just. And shall cast them in the
furnace of fire: there shall be wailing and gnashing of teeth.” (St. Mat-
thew 13: 49, 50).

What is this furnace of fireP Can it be atomized cities?
d except those days should be shortened, there shall no flesh be

66.

: has b
except locally. The greate 201 is being C
| from the masses. Fortunately nothing can interfere with the space-
| aft appenrances MER
a 0 likewise ye, when you shall see all these things, know that it is

saved: but for the elects sake those days shall be shortened.” (St. Mat-

} thew 24: 22).

This paragraph explains why the spacecraft are being seen by mil-
ions of people, in such area eMbe
ie spacepeople wou normally made their appearance in the
futuré, at arth changes on its poles. They have made their

appearance sooner, or “shortened the days” in order to see to it that all
| flesh is not destroyed by the radiation of atomic experiments, or atomic

| and hydrogen bomb warfare.

The “elect” are those who elect themselves by choosing “his king-

| dom” instead of mammon’s satanic roost. ae

_ The efforts of the forces of darkness, through the actions of humans,
are apparent on every side. Sues

Everything is valued in monetary terms. Not for the service it per-

forms. No consideration is taken by the legislators, as to whether the
# legislated laws conflict with the laws of nature, or God. ;

Be grateful that the days have been shortened by the “. |

| spacecraft..Their appearance in t arified th Bibl

other thin, Id d eral aS
esh, have authority under their thumb.
the spacecraft stories,
event in recorded his

Verily, verily, I say unto you, the hour is coming, and now is, when

§ the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God: and they that hear
@ shall live.

Of course we know dead bodies cannot hear. So what is implied here
where it states, “the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God?”

— You must remember that the man Jesus said many times, “It is not I
® who speak but the Father who speaks through me,” Of course the spirit
| OF Cor is speakin I rf

from realms of perfection, from a universal point of
> : :

ACE O ‘ arth
on this planet, is through the parent instruments of

: your conception. _
e éecond bi s when you leave this limited condition on Earth
} and are re-born into your true state.

| Death is the confinement to this planets surface, not the condition of

. transition that brings the second birth.
beeen at brie thesecund Sink

In the mobile coffin of the physical body, you can hear voices and
receive thoughts that are not your own.
You are reflecting the real everlasting you in this level. Yo 't die
here; you are already dead! You died before-in order to get here,
Jesus said, “For I came down trom eaven, not to do mine own will,
but the will of him that sent me.” He didn’t say up, he said down.
People talk of going down to hell. That is because the consciousness
remember having been up before.
There is no hell more confining, or limiting, than the dense physical
body-here: Everyone makes theit own hell-wherever they are O ir own hell wherever they are. Of
“course here” you have laws, and a social system, and ordinances, and
rackets to keep you little devils in line, while the devils agents have
loopholes in the laws, for their convenience so they can be more com-
fortable in this hell where Satan rules supreme. _ {he footnote munber
2, at the bottom in the Scoffield Bible says, “In the sense
SE TS BESO eon ro the eld Bib of the word, refers
- to the “order,” “arrangement,” under which Satan has organized the
world of unbelieving mankind upon his cosmic principles of force,
greed, selfishness, ambition, and pleasure. The world system is imposing
and powerful with armies and fleets; is often outwardly religious, scien-
tific, cultured, and elegant; but, seething with national and commer-
cial rivalries and ambitions, is upheld in any real crisis only by armed
force, and is dominated by Satanic principles.”
Yes; it says this in the Bible. It isn’t in the Holy script but it is just
as true.
Jesus came down to demonstrate the principles by which you must

live in order to go up. Yes, humanity on this planet are “The dead who
shall hear,” if they list
—Of-couse the present world system does not function by constitu-

tions, or laws of God. It functions by National Emergency Laws, by
crooked politics and by who has got the most of what. :

Nobody in “Gods country” own anything. The boys up front have
put it all in hock for you, so the parents all have to work, to break
even, while their children become juvenile delinquents.

On top of that they are hatching up the “hellfire and brimstone” by
piling up Hydrogen Bombs while you foot the bill. Bombs to “insure”
peace. Who ever heard of weapons of destruction bringing peace?

The radioactivity from this country’s stockpile alone would eliminate
the citizens of America if they were dropped on any portion of the
Earth. When the race for “supremacy in bombs” is finished, what do
we do; settle our differences with cream puffs at 10 yards?

The Satanic influences are bein g followed by the makers of these.

“hellfire” devices, and the authorities, who break you, to m F

We are not inferring that this country alone is guilty of being in the
control of Satanic forces. All countries who manufacture mass murder
“weapons are guilty kite
“And no man hath ascended up to heaven, but he that came down

‘om heaven, even the Son of man which is in heaven. (St. John 3-13).
Every pe as had a contact wi a! eo

ships has received the same informati “Atomic energy is
"a death force whether used for war, or commercially.

|” You are in a hell of someone elses making. The Satanic forces are go-

take th:

ing to make sure it’s hell for you. They cannot hear!
“And when they found not his body, they came, saying, that they had

| also seen a vision of angels, which said that he was alive.” (St. Luke
| 24-23). This tells you that you are alive after the transition. That’s what
| Jesus came down here to prove. You are dead now!

“Jesus answered and said unto him, Verily, verily, I say unto thee,
Except a man be born again, he cannot see the kingdom of God.” (St.
John 3-3).

This is only one grade in the school of life and you can’t
apple to pass to the next grade. He doesn’t care how ma
is grade over to pass it. He has-fereve

is grade again, Hecause

polish God’s

you flunked it} does not con-

ave passe e gra e here.

According to the Holy Scriptures, Ezekiel was commissioned to re-
veal information to the people as it was given to him.
“And thou shalt speak My words unto them, whether they will hear,

| or whether they will forbear; for they are most rebellious.” ( Ezekiel
| 2:7).

Our commission at the Ministry of Universal Wisdom is also to re-

% to the people of today as accurately as they have been. People of today
69

h. The second birth is only possible when you

still do not interpret these ancient records as anything but something
Holy. Holiness is recognized by accomplishment.

When Ezekiel “fell upon his face” to worship the Lord, the Lord
told him to “stand upon thy feet.” That is what the people of today are
going to have to do to prevent being stepped upon and trampled into
slavery.

Ezekiel followed. the instructions he was given, otherwise you
wouldn't be reading about him today in any of the “Holy” books. He
was told that the people were rebellious; meaning too ignorant to listen

and_reasen
Charles Lindberg youldn’t have completed his solo flight to Paris if

he hadn't listened to “the ” that instructed him on how to correct

his course when h x the middle of the Atlantic Ocean, He
VES credit to this fact in his autobiography, which makes him the
great man that he is today. Washington, Lincoln, Edison, and many

other great men were only recognized as great because they too fol-
lowed instructions given to them by “a voice.’

ichael F cognized scientific principles in the books of the
Old Testamex

inte
does fiot wear a title. Tateligetics dose not acvestice itself.
Wisdom is the developed ability to know when to listen to intelligence
speaking and when to put the instructions into action. Rebellious peo-
ple are those who refuse to listen to “the voice,” and are afraid to act
upon what they hear. These are the ones who profess faith by their
mouth without works by their hand. These people always have advice

for someone else to do so:

(rnd apt “Healels Temglo> Since then it has become
ki as “Faraday’s Cabinet.” The principle is being used today in
‘scientific research. The only reason the present results are not satistac-
ory brcnnte theFaxaay-Cabinet” now being wied war not con

zeKiel 41:6) it says, “And the side chambers were one over

‘another, three and thirty times. is is t ee layers of alternat-
ing metal and insulation. Faraday had this part right, and of course he
used a different type of insulation between ire layers of metal. Accord-

Cc and every ¢ In) AS)

that there was the ama one side

Ait Fotce-and Navy, aswell as-in England and Russia, the feld_(cor-
ona) of orange colored electro-static i
| ion of cherubim. Something that flies and glows and if aperoashed

and the face of a young lion toward the palm tree on the other side;
unto apave the door were cherubim and palm trees made; and soon the

‘ace of the sanctu a h_as is the appearance.

ie sali a o doors. And s hi aves apiece
wo turning leaves; two leaves for the one door and two leaves for the
her. And

| other. there were made on them, on the doors of the temple, cher-
| ubim and palm trees, like as were made upon the walls.”

zekiel described Cherubim as winged beings (something that flew

| through the air). He also described them as being like coals of fire.
rightly burning and hot to the touch).

To ignorant people the present anti-gravity ships being tested by the

while the corona were operating would leave the evidence of a hot coal
in the sense that it would char anybody to a crisp as it discharged
through their body. This is because “Ezekiel’s Temple” was a very large
condenser.

Palm wood is a very porous wood similar to Joshua Tree wood. There
are many more good insulators available for use today,

Ezekiel said to make thirty-three layers of cherubim and palm wood.
This was all round about top, bottom and all four sides. This should be

lone with on ve’ om Is.

‘done with one layer of metal covering the bottom and all four wall
Then the layer of insulation. The next layer of metal should cover the
pote

Ezekiel described these layers as alternately positively and negativel
: charged. He said one ab had “the face of aman. This didn’t mean

arms strai

row sega {conse Thig is carried down to us today as the positive,

male, projective, polari bol f.

ing fro
face of a young lion. The key to this statement is a sim \p-
parently in the various translations, or interpretations throughout time
some scribe didn’t know what a young line was so it was changed to a

the feature: ¢ It meant that it was the positive
polarity layer of metal. If you stand back and look at a man with his
t_out, li ou_ would look at the face of a buildin

young lion.
A young tree, child, or anything else is always shorter than an old
val

€

_one, so a young lion meant aCgpung ing)hus — still the symbol of
negative polari °

Cherub is a woud that came about at the time of the “confusion of

bed a cherub as a being, al-

ty likely why e i
though it can be sugthing that exists or has being; animal, mineral, or
vegetable.

~*Faraday’s Cabinet” which he copied from “Ezekiel’s Temple” does
not work satisfactorily today because he missed two pertinent points

when he used his key to interpret the verses. Form means everything
when one is working with the unseen forces of the lines of rimary

“In eae 41:7) it says, “And the side chambers were broader as
they wound about higher and higher.”

In Ezekiel 41:6 it tells of the “cornices,” “that they might have hold.

therein.” In the inverted pyramid th e

Wouldn't slide down.”

The other key was in (Ezekiel 41:21) where he described the tem-
ple with the jambs squared, like the base of a pyramid.
- The doors also were built in layers of metal and insulation and when

_ closed, or inserted, made contact with the rest of the structure’s metals

y the two leaves, turning gees, on each door. ese were like ite

switches, When the door was in place one set of leaves made contact
between the positive plates in the structure and the door and the other
set is contact with the negative plates in the temple and the door.
point you may be wondering why Ezekiel built this inverted
ead temple. The answer is for the same reason that people medi-
‘tate and others spend their entire lives in sanctuaries or monasteries;
so that they can commune with God.
It was_in the “arc of Noe,” that the animals were brought to Earth

in a (a9 (not ark) by Noah. Are, in the dictionary, is described as;
the portion of a circle (or Hight) described by the sun oF gry 6 Lie?

eavenly body in its apparent passage through the heave
second density germination temperature, Naturally they were leat t
in pairs in the arc, (or spaceship). The spa le know about the

4 j and Shem and Japheth w

Of course there was a flood in the arc of Noe. The Bible is correct

when it said all the water was in the firmament, (in the first density).
That was why the vegetati ick in the first density. The

| moisture would condense and water the vegetation at night and rise as
“fog in the daytime.

~ When the Earth flipped on it’s poles in the arc of Noe, ae: rotational

h_be ess, the

waters cond leaued and fell ata the atmosphere and flooded the land.

e Bible says the waters were only fifteen cubits deep (310 feet) in
énesis, 7:20.

~So the story, in the Bible, of the ark and animal cargo, is a badly

twisted version of a man and a boat. The fallacy of this is evident when
the size of the Bible ark is given as 300 cubits Jon
h,

large. And don’t forget they had to be caught, they were wild and
sufficient food carried to feed them for 40 days.

Then the story gets further off. They confused the accurate ancient
records with another arc. This was when the Bible story puts Noah’s
sons in the same boat.

The animals were landed in the arc of Noe, between_the first_and

elve thous: ears
n Earth, between the second and

second densities. Thr

ensities in the arc 0

Sand the race 6f>

d escended from these three original colors
of people, that were colonized on Earth by the space people, is listed in
(Genesis, Chapter 10)

Each race is pure in its own color. And the universal law reads “each
seed after its own kind.” In all the creations, on the Earth, each flower,
tree, animal and all of nature follows this law — except ‘humans who

were given the right to choose. Humans were given the intelligence to

aise themselves; yet humans are the only creatures that violate this
Taw.

~~~ That is one of¢ke big reasons why the world is in such a confused
mess today. The highest court of this land has sanctioned the violation
of Gods law, “each after his own kind.” All the governments are train-
ing men to kill in direct violation of the law, “Thou shalt not kill.”
The Lord told Jonah to go and preach against the wickedness of the

‘city of Nineveh. This contact with a “lord” scared Jonah so much that
he tried to get away and hide, like some people have done these pres-
ent days when they were contacted by superior beings, or “lords,” from
the heavens.

In the process of escaping by ship to Tarshish, the superstitious
sailors tossed Jonah overboard, because they assumed he had angered
the Lord and was directly responsible for the terrible storm the ship
was then experiencing.

“Now the Lord had prepared a great fish to swallow up Jonah.” 1:17.

To the ignorant people who recorded this event, and who knew
_ nothing of submarines or cylindrical-shaped space ships that could go
beneath the water, as well as through space, this was indeed a miracle.

They knew then, as we know now, that no man could survive in the
belly of a “great fish” or whale for three days and three nights.

“And the Lord spake unto the fish, and it vomited out Jonah upon the
dry land.” (Jonah 2:10).

Naturally in the time this was recorded there were no mechanized
forms of transportation. The people of that time knew nothing of space,
that man could fly, or any of the many amazing things we have today.
Their only concept of anything that existed in the water that could
swallow a man was a “great fish,” or a whale.

You will notice in (Jonah 1: 17) that “the Lord had are pa: eat
fish.” They could have recognized that

paring it.

ere again is evidence of still another Lord taking someone aboard
a ship for several days and then Jetting them out unharmed. Jonah was
instructed what to do and say in Nineveh; also as some people have

Teceived instructions aboard these same space ships today.
en you recognize that the hierarchy of the space people from

other planets hold positions that are titled God, Lord God, and Lords,
you begin to get some sense out of the many references in the Bible to
these many Lords in many different places, and at various times.
Jonah’s lord, Moses’ lord, the “lord of the harvest,” and the Lord
Jesus, were all different Lords at different times. :

' The Bible says there are many Lords and many Gods.
But only One Creator.
Controversy has extended over the years about reincarnations, whe-

yng. ae rc
~The record says Jonah was released out of it on dry land. Whales do
not travel on dry Jand, although they have been washed up on the
eaches by violent storms

ther we have lived before, and this being only one of many incarna-

tions.

Evidence given by witnesses is accepted in any accident, in courts,
and in all events as to what really took place. Archeology finds evi-
dence of many past events and submits their findings as accepted fac-
tual records. Religions submit their written records as evidence of what
happened long ago as acts of God, Lord Gods, or Lords. The Christian
Bible, and the Book of Scriptures, or the Old and New Testaments, are
generally accepted as Holy writ by all who profess to be Christians.
Not being able in this short article to use all of the many records, we
will use the Bible for evidence.

ave dominion” etc. “So God created man, male
dAthem.” These are the generations of the heave

This was on n the sixth day (eon, or age) sien man was created male
and female separately. This also refers to the race of man as both male
and female as a species. Where have you been since this sixth Berio of

You are not a descendant of Adam aid Eve. God did not create hu-
mans as such. You did not evolve from the apes.

God ended his work of creation on the seventh day and rested. There
is no religious, or archaelogical evidence, or records, to show that God,
the creator of Galaxies, Solar Systems, People and all other things that
exist, ever created anything again after the seventh day. But the records
all show that each creature was given the power to re-create its own
kind. “Each seed after its own kind.”

The confusion of creation starts when one gets into chapter two of
Genesis.

Here the Lord God started re-dreating through the Adam and Eve
story of a condition that took place upon the earth. The species of Man
was given dominion of all things. Humans are the pawns of politics,
money, storms, floods, earthquakes, accidents, disease, and all earthly
carnal things. The cycles of human history prove that the carnal, ma-
terialistic efforts of humans is not influenced by the forces of creation,
or of God, but rather by their own selfish, greedy, destructive, money-
hungry efforts to glorify themselves as images of each other.

The static stillness of an ever-present Creator, Universal Mind, Neu-
tral, Boundless, Infinity of Absolute Intelligence looks on with indiffer-
ence at the mess humans have made on this planet, a speck of rock in
God’s endless Universe.

Like fleas on a dog, the people on this planet do not accept that there
“ are other dogs with fleas on them. This is all there is. Here and here-
after. What about herebefore? Who can produce evidence of hereafter?
The Church? No, there is only one thing that proves hereafter and it
also proves herebefore. That is the fact that you are now.

Eternity can’t be a hereafter thing only as it also existed before now.
God didn’t create you when you were born in this lifetime. You are a
re-creation of your parents who were given the right “to be fruitful and
multiply.” To be created and to be born are two different aspects.

You were created eons ago by God and given eternal life in the form
of Man. You were born into this aspect of life for contrast, to show you
how things shouldn’t be done. You can't go to hell, you are already

ere. The preachers try to make you believe hell is somewhere here-

after because they are here too.
Hell and Heaven exist everywhere in both the herebefore, the now

and hereafter. Heaven is a result of creative cause. Hell is a result of
destructive effect.

The earth is populated today with people who have been born here
because they fell from their original high estate as the race of Man. It
is also occupied by people who were born here of their own volition,
the ones who attempt to create and beautify the planet and set an ex-
ample for the ones who are trying to destroy it.

Lhis is death. The confinement in this carnal, physical coffin with all
its limitation. The “hellfire an of revivalists are the nuclear

ombs. Every reference to the in the Bible speaks of coming
down to it or going up from it, and hell is said to be down and heaven
up. Reality is acceptance of things as they are, not the belief in some-
thing that could be, or was. Faith is a knowing that life is eternal, not

the belief that someone is going to save your neck hereafter.

When God finished his work after creating all of the laws of cause
and effect, contrast of opposites, male and female, and eternal life, He
rested because He knew continuity was established through re-crea-
‘tion, that all causes created an effect and all effects re-created other
effects thereby becoming causes. These laws are so established that you
may be influenced by God to cause an effect. If you hit someone with
your car, unintentionally, you cause them to be injured and the effect
of their injury may cause them to sue you.

If a human evolves a theory that produces an atom bomb, everyone
connected with the creation of this destructive device is responsible
under God’s law, if the effect of its use kills people. This is reality, for if
they hadn't created the weapon the people couldn’t have been killed by
it.

| chosen the paren

} no abilj
_ The only satisfaction Satan gets today is the fact that people are
| arriving faster than they are departing. We call it a population explo-
sion. Think of how mad Satan is going to be when everyone leaves at
. once for heaven and his hell won't have anyone to tax to finance his
| destructive ideas. Then there will be a thousand years of peace on earth
; because the poor devils that are left will need that long to recover from
} the effects. Evil destroys itself in its gluttonous greed to possess all,

If you watch the shifty eyes of public officials on T.V., you can see.
the extent of their guilty conscience. Most of them can’t even look the
camera in the eye.

This effect is the result of their knowing right from wrong and know-

, ing they have been a party to un-Godly actions. T.V. is a lot like God —

it permits both the good and bad to be in it, uninfluenced by either, im-
partial to both, allowing each to expose itself to others.

War is inescapable when our economy is built on weapons of de-

; struction. We fought one war to save the world for democracy. (Demo
}_ is the God of demons). We fought the last war to end all wars. Now we
|¥ are arming the world to the teeth to fight a war to prevent wars. Well,
j= this next one will accomplish its purpose because there won’t be any-

thing left worth fighting for, and nothing to fight another war with by
the few people left to fight a fourth war. This is reality.

ould

ou are in it now,%

’ Eternity is an intangible, guaranteed to you by the church, like:a life

f insurance policy which only pays off in event of death.

You had nothing to do with being born here, except you may have
mm. You have little, if

any, effect on what takes place here while you are here, and you have

‘The causes created by humans will soon effect a backfire. Every ac-

: tion has an equal and opposite reaction. We are having a war on pov-
; erty in the midst of the greatest abundance in the United States. What
+ a paradox!

“And no man hath ascended up to heaven, but he that came down

from heaven, even the Son of Man which is in heaven.” (St. John 3:13).
(Rexreation must be because your parents weren't the Creator(Re-in>

carnation must be because eternity doesn’t start now. There can be no

a Re OE Lee ee ee,

77.

hereafter unless there was a herebefore. Reality is now, each minute of
now, as it passes from the label herebefore to hereafter.

“And my speech and my preaching was not with enticing words of
man’s wisdom, but in demonstration of the Spirit and of power;

. That your faith should not stand in the wisdom of men, but in the
power of God.” (Corinthians 2-4 & 5).

People are a manifestation of a physical body, powered by the Spirit
of God. We have no motors or other means of propulsion to make the
body. go. No wheels, drives, or gears. The body is a flexible vehicle.
What makes it go? What is this Spirit that powers the body?

Nikola Tesla, the greatest genius of our age said, “The human being
is a self-propelled automaton, entirely under the control of external in-
fluences. Willful and predetermined though they appear, their actions
are governed not from within, but from without.” :

“This automaton is, however, subjected to other forces and influ-
ences. His body is at the electrical potential of two billion volts, which
fluctuates violently and incessantly. The whole earth is alive with elec-
trical vibrations in which he takes part. The atmosphere crushes him
with a pressure of from sixteen to twenty tons, according to barometric
conditions. He receives the energy of the Sun’s rays in varying intervals
at a mean rate of about forty foot pounds per second, and is subjected
to periodic bombardment of the Sun’s particles, which pass through his
body as if it were tissue paper. The air is rent with sounds which beat
on his ear drums, and he is shaken by the unceasing tremors of the
earth’s crust. He is exposed to great temperature changes, to rain and
wind.”

Tesla demonstrated that the body could be inserted into a high fre-
quency electrical field, that would melt metals, without any harmful
effects to the body.

Preaching as a rule works on the emotional makeup of people. They

feel reverent and secure while the sermon is in progress. A few minutes,
_or hours, after the sermon they are only aware of the external influ-
ences again, whether they be discordant, or harmonious.

Preaching becomes monotonous to the listener and some people can’t
hardly wait until the sermon is over. Incantations also become meati-
ingless in a short time.

This external source of power that makes your body go by internal
actions is the unseen, mysterious, something intangible, that people
pray to when they need help, or pray to in hypocrisy to conform to a
ritual. :

Astrologers, who predicted the death of the late President Kennedy,

state that the external forces of Saturn in conjunction with Jupiter, with

78°

'. Laws. One must keep moving by action in orde

|
:
¥ :

| for nothing.
i

| a square to Mars, is the thing that happens every twenty years that.
$ e Creator established laws by which the universe of Galaxies,
Solar Systems, Planets, People, cells and atoms must conform. These
are laws of Gravity, Magnetism, Electricity, Pressure, Heat, Attraction
and Repulsion, and numerous other laws of cause and effect. Singular-
~_ ly, or by combination of these laws, everything in the universe.is pow-
’ ered, propelled, or lives. Since the physical body is energized: by life
_ through accumulation, galvanic action, conduction, magnetism, of static
polarity effects and chemical reactions, these are little affected by
_ preaching. However, the application of principles, in conformance to
‘these universal laws, can have causal reactions that can be of physical
benefit. ig
Praying can have its reciprocal effect when the reciprocant has con-
formed, or earned their answer. God doesn’t violate His own Infinite
be noticed in God’s

! stillness. One m eate_a void b

Giving voluntarily) in order for
God’s la ith something in the effect..
d works f im — b : i

When the power of the electrical spirit departs from the physical
body it loses its motion, its communication and its reactions that oper-
ated when it was energized.

Preaching is fine for those who want a second hand contact with
God. God’s principles work in spite of the preachers. But the fact that

_ “your faith should not stand in the wisdom of men, but in the power of
- God,” should be plain enough for anyone to understand.

: an been made in religious histo en.
» Lost Tribes.

: The Ten Tribes never were lost. This is informati isseminated b
£

; the two tribes that are lost to make it appear the opposite. The two lost
————

| tfibes are scattered all over the Earth, along with descendants of three
4. of the original ten tribes.

} The ten tribes are part of the original creation of the species of man,
| that originally constituted twelve tribes. The twelve tribes were origin-
4 ally “given dominion of all things.” So Tong as they conformed to a
; universal laws of creation they were privi eged_to retain this hig

@ estate.

'§ — The ego of two of the original twelve tribes Jed them to believe that
F they cou supercede the infinite laws of the Universe and make their

_ ¢ and City on the Earth. These laws made by the few to control the

———————

believe that the other ten tribes were “lost.”
The ten tribes in space are sted in Genesis , Chapter 5. Observe that
S not yeferred to as an individug pecifically

They Wore crested astrales and females.

noch, Methuselah, Lamech and Noah.
Some of the tribe of Enoch came to the Earth for a while. They were
large ¥ responsible for building the Great Pyramid. They left Earth and

went back home, or as the Bible says “Enoch walked with God: an

that occurred in a civilization before this: present one, is not understood

by most people.
The fact that the life span of the ten tribes listed iri the Bible, and

other records, was approximately 800 years cannot be comprehended
by people who consider themselves lucky if they make it to seventy

years of age before they die. The ten tribes lived by rejuvenating their
_bodies by a process similar to our research.

bodies by a pro ar to our research

The ten tribes in space do not normally interfere with the Luciferians

. on Earth as long. os they only conduct wars, worship money, and com-

mit crimes against each other, but when they are capable of vaporizing
a civilizati disturbi balance of syst ied b

2 civilization, or disturbing the balance of a solar system occupied by
some of the ten tribes — then they come to get a first hand analysis of
the situation. *

Noah, the last named of the ten trib

din-Africs ° :
e Bhem F aeoule with white skins

vere from the tribe of Methuse-

The w people, the black i eople are all

descendents of the original creations of the species of Man.
All other colors of peo ar&descendents of crossbreeding-petween
: black and white, black and yellow, or yellow and white.

The universal law of “each seed after its own kind” is followed by
, the ten tribes and everything else in nature

nder the influence of the Luciferian forces! is descendants of the
man — animal cross are now trying to assume complete authority over
this planet and make all direct Man descendents, Black, Yellow, and
| White, subjects to their rules.

Th , in the last civilization on the Earth, left

¢ between animal and man by building

Ad nt symbolizing the man and
e sphinx is a female animal
The cross has Bean us ed since ancient times to symbolize this original

- sin of crossbreeding.

e diagonal cross “X” has always symbolized danger, poison, or the
wrong way. Today as in olden times we use it at railroad crossings; and
“x” marks the spot where a body is found; the crossed diagonal bones

with, the skull on bottles of poison; and on the pirates flag.

The upright cross has always symbolized _the fight way and has
beén used as a religious symbol for thousands of years.

The ten tribes of space intend to intervene through the use_of their
space ships if atomic and nuclear devices are used in an all-out war —
to end it.

is cross-breeding
)

‘They would be forced to this action to defend their long range de-
scendants on this planet.

5 given

Cuarren Nine
FREE ENERGY & PROGRESS
We have told you before that free energy is the reason why Air

Force Intelligence is prevented Trom teleasing the true story of the
Spacecraft,

Free energy cannot be piped, sent through wires, or sold in service
stations. Tis the power that manifests motion in each person. It is the

sthlings by “people
who descended out of the sky, awe
The ten tribes of space maintain their longevity by recharging their
physical bodies like batteries. The “destrovers” on the Earth do not
‘want people here to live longer, because then they would not put up
with the conditions here that they now tolerate for their short lifespan,
Tamans on Earth are constantly creating new Taws to further restrict

power manifested hy the Creator, for-man to use,_as his birthright
°“This same ener jwers people, planets, spacecraft, atoms and
suris; is the answer to the elimination of smog.

~“Sinog control can_ouly be attained by elimination of the cause of

sniog, The investigation of a way to stop smog is not by studying. its
effects, or to fine a few people who bum rubbish, or cause smoke from

keriselves,
~ Armored cars are designed to protect money — because here money
is god. The money system owns and controls people through its power.
You have to work to eat.

No animals, birds, or fish, or even insects have such a restricting,
human-made god. The people of the ten tribes look down on this
planet and wonder how long humans will endure this stupid system of

self-restriction — when a heaven on Earth is possible.

industry.

Smog control, as it is now, will never do anything but add another
department to the political machines of the cities, counties and states.
Thisis an burden on the already overburdened
taxpayers. + “a

All the State of California has to do to eliminate smog from smudge
ihe) iW pani Taw plfiectite’ in oie Wear, i smudge
ote Ta oe vearell ie woud taakec

“ the principle of free energy as presented in this article is
going to eliminate the sale of smudge oil by the oil companies. I am not
bringing this information out because I do not like the oil industry.
irhiay have: Been eepeasible foc acune- of tha, greatest’ oontelatiods to
fhie'peopresy of this cvilization:

Progress, however, requires the elimination of many old methods for
the advent of new and better methods. The horse and buggy went —
to be replaced by the automobile. The automobile made the need for
ofl enunpanies, Now if the people in the oil corapenier are smart, they
will get info the manufacture of free energy devices. Because as sure
as you afe reading this article, the oil company products are going to
be replaced by free energy. They can’t sell the energy, but they can sell
the apparatus required to use free energy. The time is near when oil
will only be used for lubrication and soon that too will go with the
development of bearings that roquire no lubrication.

‘Progress Wy not a tespecter ‘oF antonity' ox iodustiy.

T recently spent some enlightening hours with two wonderful people.
‘One of them is Mrs, Hazel De Land, the other is Mrs. Eva B, Hibbs.
(These two women live in Riverside, California. )

Mrs. De Land is the widow of Mr. John De Land. John was an amaz-

ing man who lived to perfect the “De Land Magnetic Control.” This is
a simple apparatus that provents freezing in citrus and other fruit on

“sub-freezing nights. It costs nothing to operatel
"Mis Do Laud ld aces John received the details of the appar-

atus. John used the same means of thought reception IT years ago that
{use today. He heard a voice speaking inside his head, deseribing how
to control frost and fruit freezing ew method. John wrote the
information down a little at a time, as it was given to him, Then he
Spent the next 15 years developing and proving true the information.
jie has left a monumental contribution to humanity in his "Magnetic
Contra
pale drawing is made here of the principle of the device that John
De Land gave to humanity, because he b elieved in progress, Mrs. De
Land holds the pate this apparatus. This drawing (fig. 3)
is reproduced with her ic ia

inches parallel to the ground. Each wire points parallel radially, back
{0 its own other end underground. The mast, which is 32 feet ‘above
the ground level, sets in a 3 foot depth of concrete. The wires wwe
through the concrete and loop back up outside the concrete to a depth
below the surface thet will permit a plow, or any cultivation equipment
to pass over them,

Each of the seven wires extend radially underground to a distance
Toe exceed M44 feet from the mast. At this distance they are wrapped
10 turns around a 1 inch diameter by 5 inches long alnico 5 magne,

‘magnetic force,
No smoke — no dirty laundry — no expenso to operate — nothing but

the expense of the original installation, This device is that simple!
This single unit will prevent freezing of fruit over an area of more

\, than an acre of ground. This is free energy in operation.

|— 7 Magnets

One At Each
End OF

Every Wire

Top View

Side View

Mast

Three 12"
Spacers

Anti

Figure 3
Frost Control
85

) Now for the proof of the successful operation of this control, This is
where Mrs. Hibbs comes into the story.

Mrs. Hibbs had the foresight to permit the De Land apparatus to be
installed on her Tand, Mrs. Hibbs came from ano and bought an
orange grove. She didn't know until after she ought the property that

the tees wero considered “grown out,” or beyond thelr ago of rogue.
ing an average crop. % =

“Ter caution only permitted the installation of the “D

Peg Grated or reo alos woes Ate a ten eis ga)

| Through Treezing temperatures that the control worked, she had her

| sifte Wacres protected.
“She proudly showed us around and compared her oranges with
| others Yor wor, sweetness and siz. The out” grove has in-
‘Greased ils production every year. The crop had just been estimated by
‘the-packers before we visited Mrs. Hibbs. This year’s crop will go
‘early Tour times the average production per ere
“Ws, Hibbs was forced to buy $400.00 wath of 2” x2” props to sup-
| art the limbs on her trees.
| \ ™Notonty bs Ns Fibs ineoased bor profs ach year from the crop,
\\__baitshe has saved $000 worth of smudge oil in 5 years,
| “rhe saving in of alone has payed for the Tastallation of the free
‘energy equipment. So over a period of time free energy pays for its own
installation and cost.

Mrs. De Land said her husband John never did find out what makes
the installation work. So T went back to our friends the spacepeople,
through thought transference, and asked them to explai le.
‘Thists their explanation, bar

/ veces manifes
a result of molecular motion, The only motion manifested in a tree, or
/ its fruit, is by the clectrons in the atoms of its composition,

‘On a planet that rotates there are four periods each day. These are
the positive quarter from 6 A.M. to 12 noon; the active quarter from 12
noon to 6 P.M. the negative quarter from 6 P.M. to midnight; and the
rest quarter from midnight to 6 A.M.

Atoms in free space are charged continuously, Atoms on a rotating
planet are only charged according to their opposite polarity period.

Asa negative electron rotates faster in the positive and active quarter
of the earth's daily rotation, it manifests more heat due to the resistance
of polarity opposition.

As an atom on the planet moves into the negative quarter, its elec-
tzons have no polarity opposition and they begin to discharge. As the

\electrons move into the rest quarter they discharge part of their energy

| 86

st life but they do not manifest motion. Temperature is,

and this in turn causes a slowing up in their orbits around the proton.
‘An electron can be stopped in its orbit by extremely low temperaturé
which removes its charge. The magnetic canopy of the “De Land Con-
tro! helps the electrons to hold their charge by keeping them in mo-
tion.

‘This is definitely proven in the “De Land Control” on Mrs. Hibbs’
property. An orange on the tree does not freeze despite the fact that.
frait thermometer i: xd_into the orange shows the temperature is
“as much as 7 degrees below freezing. As long as the orange is on the
“treo it is part of the life process of that tree. Any orange that falls to
the ground inside the control area will freeze. This_is because it
grounds out with earth and its electrons therefore slow up in their
orbits-

‘The temperature inside of the control area reads just as low on a
thermometer as the temperature outside of the control area, yet the
fruit on the tree does not freeze.

Mis. Hibbs has recorded temperatures as low as 19 dogrees inside
and outside the control area at the same time.

Pat free energy to work, save money and stop your smudge contribu:
tion to the smomey condition that is a disgrace to California.
sto the olidals of the United States Government, the State of Cali
fornia, the counties and the cities of California, here is your answer to a
large bulk of the smog condition; not by appropriations for more In-
vestigations. aan

“For the rest of the smog from automobiles and industries, free energy
motors and methods are the answers; not filters or fines,

Bring the Tree energy mechanisms out _of hiding ‘and release the

rineaples of a ss of humanity. Stop
wasting money on atomic bombs and trying to destroy humanity

pend the people's money Tor progressive things.
Dee earalnath apenie bo nro jis always change.

All densities of life contribute to the progression of every form of life
in densities beneath them, All forms of substance are alive in repetitive
pattems, for ther particular species and span. Thus every substance,
through life, repeats its eycles “from dust to dust.

Life 1e the carrier of progression in its eternal

and endless spiral. Thus the stages are positive

or nogative ae) + or both

balance.

when they are in

The spiral of life (also called caduceus) is sym-

vice versa, These symbols are not zigzag in form, they
are spiral, They are centered and separated by the

“etaf? of life" around which they twine ever up-

ward through the Infinite Intelligence.

‘The first density, consisting mai tion, is of both polarities.
‘thie dividing line iS the surface of the earth. The positive part of the
plant is attracted into the dark negative soil to provide minerals and
e so the receptive female portion above the surface may “blo

“This is the reason why a water witcher’s twig, taken from a living
plant, can indicate water. It is actually a living instrument. Like ma

“nets when they are cut, the positive end remains in the same direction.
Therefore they are held upside down in order to function. As all things
beneath the surface of the soil are oF negative polarity and since the

/ survival is the strongest desire, the twig wants to assume its natural
polarity-position and is attracted, positive butt end first, to the “water

of life,
| “For the same reason, when you spend long periods of time in the
| positive sun, you require more water which is negative — to quench
your thirst which is the result of unbalanced light force.
Every cell in the vegetation is life in form maintaining still greater
life in form, As an animal eats the first density (Stationary life form)
| vegetation, it gives to it motion.
| The substance confined to the place where the seed dropped can
now move around, as it has been assimilated by and raised to the sec-
ond density (Life and Motion).
‘The same progression of substance takes place when you eat the

¢ \fesh of an animal. Humans being hoth animal, and spirit, and havin,
“Ke Vib ate of tha think depaty (Life, Motions and Gonacrousness).
a, a5 part of the etemal pattern of life iv form, give fo the animal

sistance — the ability to talk and recognize the spirit.
‘Although all forms of life progress within their own densities, much
confusion has been started by the theorists who try to tie the densities

together. Danwin tried to show the evolution of man from the apes.
There is no missing link — unless I'm it,
‘As our solar system has progressed through space — a living function-

ing part of the eternal life pattern — it crossed the line on August 20,
10953, from the third density to the fourth density.

‘Gor plait had emered front the reaemy Tob hic hts danny,
thing ‘on this planet must now begin to conform to this higher
frequency pattern. ea

Rest assured, we are going to emerge from the pattern of destruction
of be destroyed by it. The fourth density will only support life forms
that qualify tolive init. ——

“The fourth density does not support a monetary system nor authority.
by pe be i vy evident that the subtle light of
dom is awakening in_people. Those who have succeeded
through subterfu; force are going to find that
‘by might” doesn't work any more._

‘We are on the verge of witnessing a cyclic planetary housecleaning.
Alf things in this solar system are going to be brought into balance.

You can prepare to live in the new grade in the same form or go back

to the t

lensity and take the grade over again.

CHAPTER TEN
CHANGES & THOUGHTS

- Along with rapidly accelerating storm, earthquake, and flood condi-
tions on the Earth, sntcemetion howe has leaked out from astronomical

scientists indicates the entire. through a phenom-

enal change.
Dr. Bruce C. Male ria , using
a special thermic ray observing instrument on the 200 inch telescope at

Palomar Observatory, recor is-
phere of the clouds around Venus. The storm area was e mitting heat,

e sai
_, Mit Ken Sato of Rakurakuen Planetarium, Itsukaichicho- Hinashima
Pref., reports that for 50) vears the large xed spat_on Jupiter has re-
mained unchanged until September of 1962. Then _a large dark spot
ormed near the equator and spread rapidly. The closer it came to the
Gla fed spot the Tuinter the red spot became until the large red spot
ha ost disappeare anuary 8th of 1963. Mr. . Sato said the

fangesi on Jupiter had become violent over the past year. He is the
Accor to astronomers A. Darfus of France, J. H. Bossam of South
Africa, and Prof. Charles H. Giffen of Sprinton University, changes are
rapidly occurring on the planet Saturn.
n_in 1960.

First a white dot suddenly appeared on the surface of Saturr
Then greater activity began and expanded to eleven white spots. Prof.
Giffen reported several bri -sha spots formed a line like a
flowery rosary between the E st and the North, and also an unusual
pattem appeared in the Northern Tropics.

~—“A few years back it was announced by American astronomers that

our Sim had reversed its polarity.
ed spots recently appeared on our Moon for the first time in history.
Tho Latest data relate to the Ulting of tre Barth ona as- mathe
atically worked out from recent information is as follows. This analy-
als is based on the theory that when the magnetic and geophysical
poles come together, the Earth will assume an axis position perpen-
dicular to the ecliptic path of the Sun. This would place the ecliptic
path on the Equator.

The North Magnetic Pole in 1955 was located on the Prince of Wales
Island. The latest report locates it on Bathurst Island. This is a move-
ment of 100 miles in 10 years, or 10 miles per year. In the last two years
it has moved 20 miles North and four miles East. This is holding to the
0 mile per year motion in a Northerly direction.

|. Like all magnetic effects this is expected to accelerate as the poles
> grow closer together. All nuclear, or atomic underground tests will also
~ accelerate this action due to polarity effects.

The present rate of motion would bring the magnetic and geophysi-
cal poles together in approximately 75 years. However, the acceleration

increase as they become closer could bring the rendezvous to from 8 to
40 years from Ti6w. An atomic war could bring it about_sooner. It_
~ would also eliminate the possibility of the tilt being recorded.

. Many proph a oO t olar

_tilt. The Bible records ell as modern
_ physics and other ancient records.

A_sudden polar tilt would swing the North Polar Ice Cap down
gal Wl ing Ue No ies oo
mass of ice anchored to a few land areas under the ice. Our_nuclear

_ submarines have gone under the North Polar Ice Cap from one side

_ to ) the other.

The Sor South Polar Ice Cap is mostly on a solid’ earth foundation, It is
. incr. ile the North Polar Ice Cap is
" gradually melting,

In the shift of the earth’s mass in its attempt to achieve balance with
the North Magnetic and the North Geophysical axes coming together,
‘the fixed ice mass of the South Pole is going to try to reach the peri-
phery of the present ecliptic. This would cause the earth to oscillate, or
as the Bible describes it, “to stagger like a drunken man.”
~“Geophiysiosts oF the Future would declare, Hike our presem seoliaist

. do, that there was an Ice Age in the past in the temperate zones.

Prats i ne duestion bot that this polar-tit will occur again. as it has

; pat ar ail apes eal oe ce

‘ what year it will happen, even if all of the factors were known.

__ [four theory is right it will happen sometime hetween the next eight

_to forty years. When it happens there will be two opposite places on

' ‘the ah that will hardly be atfected. Everything on the earth that is
_ Ot in these two areas will be wiped off the face of the earth

. hot in these two areéas will be wiped ott the face of the earth.
i “The _geophysical_axis is wobbling approximately seventeon feet of
e earth is slowed in its orbit around the Sun and will soon necessi-
The earth is slowed in it orbit around the Sun end will aon neces
“Wivigation by celestial means over long distances is no longer accu-
rate ~ due to refractory Conditions iy the atmosphere and Bells avoand

§ the earth.
Heat_of a cosmic nature which you can feel but does not show on

| thermometers is increasing annu

Recently a professor remarked in a featured article in the newspapers
that “no life as we know it could exist anywhere else in space.” This
distinguished man also objected to the amount of money we were
spending in an effort to find intelligent life in space. I disagree with him

on both counts. We must look j for intelligent life because v
Laser —- the new discovery of how to bounce light until it has to run
from itself, has been demonstrated to be both a beneficient and a de-
structive force. The only trouble with these new discoveries, in the
hands of the experts with degrees and titles, is that they always figure
out some way to use them without regard as to the results of their mad-

ness. When _these distinguished men of degrees foun this
beam of amplified light could burn holes in steel, diamonds, and other
normally almost indestructible materials, they had to find something
else to shoot at. Ah! The Moon! There’s a big target that everyone in
the scientific circles discuss over their cocktails; so they fired Laser
beams at the Moon ey bragged about the fact that the beam had
traveled 240,000 miles, and was still confined to a small area of around
. two miles in diameter upon reaching the Moon’s surface.

No consideration was taken of what this light amplification would do

: . = Moon: ea
astronomers suddenly discovered that some-
ingCwas happening on the surface of the Moon. The Moon, long

ooked upon as a dead, lifeless body circling the Earth, suddenly
showed si of some strange activity. Ar ents between the as-
tronomers arose. Some said ths saw red b

arbonic gases; others re-
y ported the spots were volcanoes; others said it was lava flowing on the

surface, emitted from cracks in the surface. All of these luna gazers

agree a new condition exists All of them agree it is red. Some of
é of the astronomers at Lowell Observatory at Flagstaff, Arizona
said, “Thad the impression that Twas-looking intaa large,polished,
one of the titled degree boys suggested even a hint that this new
turning of the Moon into blood could have possibly been aggravated by

the ignorant act of humans firing laser beams at the Moon. 0
_ that laser is the word formed from the fi lifica-

ated Emission of Radiation.” It is activated in its ampli-

ication in a synthetic ruby rod. The rod looks like a glass tube con-
aining blood when one looks through it.

The last two words “Emission of Radiation” seems to be manifesting

st letters of “Light Amp

_ ; : 5 :
| of the Moon to bleed to death in a spreading mass that may cover the
* Moon’s surface?

"The Bible pre in Hi

ignorance.
~_ Yes, we must look in space for survival and for intelligent life — for

there is little evi igence on the Earth.

~ While the “free” press of the United States fails to bring out perti-

nent facts relative to the radioactive fallout from nuclear tests, the

foreign papers reveal that effects from radiation are already dangerous.
From the Australian paper “Pix” comes the following statements:

“Radioacti at Maralinga (South Austra-
lia’), in the Pacific, at Nevada (U.S.) and in Russia’s Siberia i i

ion Ai i :
“The staid, always ultra-conservative journal of the British Medical
Association, “Lancet,” has gone so far as to declare that it believes the
plague of Asian influenza is the direct result of changes in human cell
tests.”

“Many top scientists believe that already sufficient harm has been
done that generations hence will suffer.”

_fiussia has admitted having to_cope with 2 radioactive poisoning
gutbreak following its most recent tests and in the United States there
_is a mounting fear that damage to stock and humans in the Nevada
area is sufficient to call Tor the most searching national investigation.”
-"ipidayis that hace sharpened U5, eaction to: tae matinee have
been the mysterious deaths of sheep, strange attacks of leukemia and a

- growing Conviction that a risen cancer cases in Nevada and Utah
reas directly the result oF Fallout Troms what are clmittedly com y the result of fallout from what are admittedly com-
. paratively minor experiments at Yucca Flats.”

i “Deadly strontinn BO y strontium 90, a Hesh and bone boring element that knows

3 —F r °
> no res is the primary cause of fear.”
| “It eats into human marrow, destroys the white corpuscles and elimi-

nates hting forces that the body natur: i o check the

“=

leukemia.”

“Scientists admit it t isi iven quanti

, is released in the atmosphere.”

of strontium 90 — an apprentice b: in a wizard’s cauldron — once it

93:

————=

“It_can float in the clou iles_ab th. It can fall with
every shower of rain, contaminate food and pastures, be passed on to
imans through the milk they drink and the food they eat” .

: élaide, Dr. G.M.E. Mayo, senior lecturer in genetics at Adel-
aide University, says radiation from fallout is lowering the world’s
physical fitness. He says it is making people increasingly dependent on
drugs, doctors and the benefits provided by a free health scheme.”

- “American events which startled the world, and which are only now
being revealed for the first time, began in 1951 i i, then,
was playing in his garden. A few Miles away, Minnie Sharp was work-
ing bareheaded.”

her hair. Since then she has lost all hair on her body and efforts to re-

= ke

store it have been futile.” |

Dewey Hortt, Elma Mackeliprang, and Aaron Leavitt are others in
the Utah-Nevada area who have s ered the same fate.”

"But their lots have been light ones to that of Martin (Butch) Bar-
doli. Martin, a healthy, husky little lad whose robustness was often the
source_of comment among_neighbors_snddenly-developed lenkemn,
The disease devonted Hin ot a rete tint Dee a

is only in recent months that the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission
is prepared to admit the possibility, if not the probability, that early,
secret surveys failed to reveal that radioactivity was the mitigating ¢le-

ment in all these
“The stepped-up production of recent experiments has worried the

Americans because they now believe that hundreds of school children,
that, holid. i vada an Canyons may have “been

X exposed to dangerous, and what is worse, unknown amounts of gamma
\ +fradiation. The snowballing amounts of gamma radiation in the district

have become noticeable only with time and improved methods of mea-
suring the outfall. Some U.S. authorities believe there may be hundreds

of people wandering the State not knowing they have been exposed.
Gientists agree that it is in the field of genetics that the greatest
harm probably already has been done.”

“The American National Academy of Sciences in its most recent re-
port says, ‘The general public must be protected by whatever controls
may prove necessary from receiving a total reproductive dose (concep-
tion to age 30) of more than 10 roentgens of man-made radiation in, re-
productive cells.’”

" “It emphasizes its alarm by pointing out that the average medical
X-ray uses from three to four roentgens.”

A ANCOR RENO IT NEE BASIN Ane 8

“Three X-rays, therefore, can involve a human being under 30 in
exposure to more radiation than the U.S. Academy believes safe with
the added contamination that is being poured out in frightening
amounts from the explosive tests of the great powers.”

In Switzerland reports in the papers stated that the radiation in three
of their lakes is sufficient to make the water dangerous for drinking.
The location of Switzerland on the globe is just about as far away from
the Nevada, Pacific, Australian and Soviet tests as one can get.

Distance is thus not a safety factor.

Geophysical changes are on the increase. The midwest earthquake
that shook 22 states for 12 minutes, indicates major underground ac-
tivity is moving to new areas.

Droughts that killed 150,000 catle; 300,000 sheep; stopped power
plants, and dried up centuries old vineyards in Chile, are only a pre-
lude to atmosphere changes that will effect many places on the earth.

Jet aircraft, in the past 20 years, have burned up more oxygen in the
atmosphere, than all the people down through history have breathed.

Carbon 14 fallout, from past atmospheric bomb tests, will increase on
so no living thing can escape its effects. This means an increase of can-
cer and leukemia; spoile i :

agnetic changes are also signs of a major change. The North and

South Magnetic poles are shifting rapidly. Surveys conducted m the
last twenty years show a magnetic declination change of around 40 feet™
to the mile. _

“Navigation charts that were normally issued for a five year period, in
advance, now have to be replaced every Omonths.

‘The Department of Navy Oceanography, who are responsible for
survey work of the oceans, have measured the rising of two great con-
tinents; one i Jantic, another in

i i t the North pole and building up at the

e ice i
South pole. Th igns of coming events.
e ego of materialistic minds, in authority, assumes that you un-

washed multitudes cannot do anything about these changes in nature;
therefore it won't do any good to let you know about them. They are

' so wrong. Thinking can change anything. Prayer is an effect of thinking.

If you don’t know what is coming, it smacks you in the face. You are
injured, or killed, because you had made no preparations.

} The Mormon Church knows the scor ey have several years sup-
: ply o red ahead, and have recently instructed their members

to store individual supplies.

The authorities know ve built large underground

uarters, well stocked with f i i e were

“constructed with the taxpayers money; but yo n't get into one of

them.
These are a few of the signs of the times. : ; ;
Everyone knows the weather is not normal, This can’t-be hidden

be > 2
Brute force is not a natural part of man’s makeup. The environment

in which man lives makes him conform to his surroundings.

Only 277 years of years have made most
humans destructive “cri vages you soon
acquire their methods of living.

ee rene

CHAPTER ELEVEN
PERCEPTION & MIND

Brute force is the result of power applied against nature. You can
not push over a mountain with your hands but you can step on an ant.
The ant is as defenseless against your power to kill, as you are before
the forces of nature.

Nature (God) is subtle in all of its workings. It does not force an
issue; it only waits, eternally patient, for each action to meet its own
reaction.

Every great nation that has manifested waste, and power by brute
force over other nations, has fallen by the reaction of its own causing.

Look at Greece, Italy, and Spain, all once great ruling authorities.
Each of these countries were once the dominating master of less pow-
erful nations.

Brute force is the control of matter over mind. People of today have
become slaves of the systems and wealth they have created.

Humans can run machines but unless they remain the alert masters
of them, the machines will destroy them.

Mind is subtle in its presenting of thoughts to people. These thoughts
may be good or bad. The end result of the actions taken from these
_ thoughts are the only proof as to whether the thought was good or bad.

People assume that a thought of reverence is good. This is only when |
the manifested result of the thought is beneficial in service to others.

Thought is God’s Image. Your ability to control your thoughts is the
demonstration of your ability “to be in His Image.”

If your thought in creating a new force for use is turned to destruc-
_ tive use, then you have manifested evil.

' Thoughts manifested in false words are your self created bonds that
_ bind you to brute force.

Power of brute force can only be manifested in a small percentage
. Of its subtle natural capacity. If this were not so humans would have
_ long past destroyed the Universe.

_ The brute force of today is manifested by the increase in material
| gains, at the expense of spiritual losses.

‘God is the fulcrum of all balanced forces. Try to sit on one end of a
_ teeter-totter and make it balance without an equal weight on the other
j end. This is the condition of the tottering materialistic world of today.
' Spiritual balance is lost by the people due to the terrific acceleration of
materialistic advances. :
The most spiritual book in the world is limited to each person’s
_ ability to understand it.

A church does not manifest a religion. Only the people who belong
to a church can manifest the religion of that church. A church is mani-
fested only as a building; where people meet to manifest something.

Brute force of labor made the material church manifest as a building.
Designation by the word church, by the people, made it a church in-
stead of a department store. The same materials will build either.

Manifestation of religion, or spiritual actions, can take place in a
department store as well as a church. The building doesn’t make the
difference; people make the difference by their actions.

A person that cheats you in a department store is a crook. One who
cheats you in a church is “holy.”

Because one wears the cloth and is ordained by the church does not
make that one spiritual. A spiritual person works with the subtle forces
of nature to manifest good spiritual, or material results.

The materialist is a person without scruples, who is out to be head
man in spite of anything. He may make the grade only to live in a hell
of his own creation; a slave to the brute forces he used to attain his
position.

Brute force is demonstrated in the automobiles people drive. The
materialist designs these cars with the idea of maintaining other ma-
terialistic organizations.

Brute force is demonstrated by the car, that burns three-fourths of
its gasoline, to push around 2 tons of car to carry several hundred
pounds of people.

The earth turns on its axis. The Sun shines. Rain falls and all natural
forces manifest their actions regardless of us humans.

People can employ the same forces that cause nature to manifest; but
first they must toss the theories. of brute force out of the window of
their materialistic brain. Then they must search for the subtle causes of
the forces manifest by nature.

When spiritual and material values are balanced, then one is in a
position to apply material structure to the natural foundation.

Many people are aware of the ability of a certain note being played
on a violin, breaking a glass. When the vibration of the violin string
transmits through the air, it produces a resonating. vibration in the
glass. Not being flexible enough to respond; the glass breaks.

his cours in the sonic range of vibration and requires the air of our
atmosphere as a medium to conduct the vibration. Popcorn can be
popped with sound. Clothes can be cleaned with sound and holes have
been diilled with sounid vibrations. Concussion in war from big shells
exploding, has caused the deaths of many soldiers by brain damage,

because they were in resonance with the sound.
ee

. Resonance can occur in the structures of buildings, aircraft, and
other objects that cause them to come apart like the glass.

Extra Sensory Perception is not extra at all. It works in anyone that
is in resonance with the transmission, and it is not subject to either dis-
tance or time. Where resonance is achieved through the air, the inani-
mate glass breaks because of the violin string vibration. In animate
resonance, it is achieved through mind as the conductor, instead of air.
Both principles are the same, but in different mediums as the con-
ductor.

All living things are in resonance with mind. Some more, some less.
From the tiniest insect, the smallest living cell, birds, fish, animals, and
man, these each are in their own octave of life, but all have one com-
mon bond between each other in mind.

We have assumed that because air does not exist in space that there
is nothing in space. Science says space is a vacuum and it is relative to
atmosphere. Mind exists in space. It is the essence of all that manifests
in space from atoms, and people, to galaxies.

Mind is the medium of instant communication. It is not electrical. It
is not magnetic, and it is indestructible. It has no limits to time, or
speed. There is only one infinite all penetrating ever-present boundless
Mind. All living things use that portion of this absolute mind that they
are capable of assimilating. No one has a mind of their own. We all use
the same mind. Animals, birds, fish, and insects use it, and we call their
natural ability “instinct.” People become aware of it at times, and we
call this “intuition.”

Thomas Galen Hi mus used a part of this Mind i i
srcoF of living call -coraimunication, Peter Hurkos-dises it when he de
turned on” or aware at the time. Bees use it. Homme pi t

Mind is always here to use. Adrian Clark tried to explain it in his book
- “Cosmic Mysteries of the Universe.” True spiritual mediums use it in

* trances. De La Warr used this essence of mind as described in his book.

New Worlds Beyon e Atom.” Dr. Ruth Drown used it to take

i X-ray type pictures of patients anywhere in the world, by tuning into
| their frequency through a drop of the patient’s blood. Mind is the per-

fect conductor. It needs no poles, or wires.
True predictions, and prophecy, are the result of some people findin

out how. io assimilate, or penetrate, this infinity of Absolute Mind that

: Medical science has often referred to “a sympathetic nervous system,”

when a woman had a baby and her husband had birth pains, This was
the communication of the wife’s abdominal cell structure to the hus-

band’s cell structure through mind, which was the medium of com-
munication.

One can’t hide from this static essence of Universal Mind. It is with
you asleep, or awake, here and hereafter. It was here before and will
eternally be, everywhere. Prayer has always been considered the
spiritual way to activate a response from it. Mind doesn’t seek recogni-
tion, or rewards, for its manifestations and creations. All of its cell crea-
tions perform the purposes they were created for. No legislators make
laws. No teachers educate them. Everything on the earth fulfills the
purpose Mind created it for, except people.

If people could all use E.S.P. now, they would change their ways.

The future is already established in Mind. This intelligence is only
waiting for the planet to turn on its polar axis so many days, so that the
motion will bring about a time of reciprocation for the violation of
Mind’s laws.

When mankind, who was given the right to choose, put brain educa-
tion before intelligence, made thousands of laws to escape the Golden
Rule, and engineered methods of destruction and death to make money,
they violated natural law. Natures laws of cause and effect reciprocate
in equality to the extent of their violation.

Brains, computers, and experts, cannot solve the problems. The viola-
tion has gone beyond the point of no return. Nature doesn’t recognize
position. Mind in its static perfection is waiting and watching for reso-
nance to establish balance.

“The solitary inventor, working in his shop, has been overshadowed

by the silence forces.”
Dwight D. Eisenhower

It is a tough thing for science to have to swallow their evolution
theory, because advanced scientific recsearch is now proving an infinite
force works by resonance in all living things. The silence forces may,
some of them, be aware of these new phenomena, but their own se-
curity keeps it dead under wraps because it will prove there is a God,
or eternal causal force.

This infinite force operates in resonance within itself and in attune-
ment with all of its living parts through atomic, molecular, cellular, and
complex forms of their matrix. A single human carries millions of volts
of potential in the atomic makeup of one body. This energy doesn’t
manifest, or show itself, because it is part of its own environment
electrically, magnetically, and physically. :

Advanced medical research, government sponsored biomagnetic and
bioelectrical researches, and some of the “inventors in their shops” have
now proven the fact that all animal and vegetable cells have communi-

100

cation, emotions, and other reactions through the resonance of “Mr.
Cosmic Mind.”

The fear of a mouse for a cat _was r lygraph -
nected to a plant, i her room in t n to analyze this phenom-
ena. When the cat caught the mous i it, the plant drove the

ona. Vhen the cat caught the mouse, and killed it, the plant drove th:

polygraph to react wildly. As this test was continued several times the
plant became conditioned to the killing and the polygraph reacted less
of people is being conditioned, through war pictures on T.V., bloody

motion pictures, pornography in magazines, and propaganda. This

leads eople to be apathetic and to accept the changin standards of
hair, wear, and hare. If enough people accept something immoral, then
it is no longer immoral.

_ES.P. is the reso ividual who may be in resonance
with another person, or_an event, regardless of distance or time. All
commuuication of the above data is carried on through Infinite Mind
which is everywhere there i i cti j is is where
new ideas come from. This is the Supreme Intelligence of God.

This resonant communication was what was proven by Thomas
Galen Hieronymus, in tracking Borman, Lovell, and Anders around the
Moon. His instruments could receive the transmission of the astronaut’s
cell structure from behind the Moon, where radio signals were blacked
out, but could not receive from them when they were on the side of the
Moon toward the Earth, where the Sun did not shine on the capsule.
God, “Mr. Cosmic Mind,” is still resting except when He manifests
through His creations. Being in the environment of this Solar System
the Sun is a part of the System through which God manifests by posi-
tive polarity. Communication of the cell structure of the Astronauts
failed in the Moon shade area because there was no photon positive
polarity activity from the Sun on the side of the Moon in darkness. The
astronauts were out of their environment (the Earth) and being of
negative polarity bodies assimilated here from the electron Earth, nega-

"tive polarity will not react without positive polarity. We described this

“rest area,” in the “Proceeding” of November and December, 1954, and
the January issue of 1955. The Moon has little electrostatic atmosphere
or magnetic field. The Hieronymus equipment will work in the dark.
ness on the Earth because of this polarity activity in the electro-static

' ‘magnetic atmosphere, it requires positive polarity from the Sun in order

to register from negative polarity bodies. Mind will not produce results
by positive thinking alone, anymore than the starter of your car will
start with only one pole of the battery connected. .

101

There is no limit to the functioning of mind and there is no loss of .

energy with distance. If our principles of time were based on the
absolute, instead of motion, there would be no limits in time either.

The germ E. coli is a bacteria that thrives in the intestinal tract. Side
by side it would take 13,000 of them to measure an inch. Many thou-
sands of biochemical reactions go on constantly for it to live, grow and
reproduce. An E. coli is an incredibly complex particle of life. A human
made up of trillions of cells makes an E. coli look simple by compari-
son. An E. coli is made up of thousands of genes. Each gene through
what medical research has labeled D.N.A. “tells” the germ what to do.
In all living structure biochemistry cannot find out what “tells” these
microscopic germs how to work.

Cleve Baxter, of the Baxter Research Foundation, Inc., 165 W. 46th
Street, Suite 404, New York, N.Y., 10036, made conclusive tests that
proved there are boundless results to be obtained in E.S.P. between
cell structure in animal and plant life. Baxter was formerly a lie detec-
tor expert with the U.S. Army Intelligence and an interrogation’s spe-
cialist with the Central Intelligence Agency. Being a polygraph expert,
he decided to conduct a series of tests to see if human skin reactions
would apply to plants. His tests on Philodendron plants started him on
an endless research. He found that plants responded to his thinking in
the threat-to-well-being principle. He found out that plants react to
stress in humans. His big question was: Does a life signal connect all
creation? He doesn’t want to get involved in religious implications, but
admits he is more religious than before he started his experiments.

Many of us “solitary inventors in our shops” need funding. We are
not financed by government subsidy, but as “Ike” put it, we are over-
shadowed by the silence forces.” Dozens of other private researchers
are producing amazing results in “their shops.”

A broadcast on television has revealed the billions of dollars wasted
by the “overshadowing forces.” Every great discovery down through
history has come through the individual thought attunement in reso-
nance with “Mr. Cosmic Mind,” and this costs the taxpayers nothing
for results.

Jeno M. Barnothy, of the Biomagnetic Research Foundation, is pro-
ducing fantastic results with ion and magnetic research.

Brown, Becker, Kogan, Conley, Shyshlo, Pereira, Smith, Hanneman,
Sittler, Kholodor, and many others are all verifying each other’s find-
ings in widely separated researches.

A machine which cuts the healing tim unds and surgery, up to
50% is calle iapulse” and is produced by the Diapulse Corporation

102

| of America, 4 Nevada Drive, Lake Success, y :
was a New Hyde Park N.Y.,

~The princi le of “mind over matter” has been taugh: isti

The p p ght by the Christi
Science Church based on the findings of Quimby, and Mary Baker
Eddy. The Kahunas, priests of the Polynesian Islands, used this

E : reso-
nance in both healin
Psychometry is th ili i

others through objects belonging to them.

A “water witch” is only the reaction of the cell structure in a cut
divining fork from a living plant. or tee. tr ing to put its root end

down when it senses the “water of life.” Metal rods respond to “thought”
. the living human cell structure, as an indicator between man and

od — to locate metals, tunne S, or water. Prayers are never _answ
When one is out of resonance with “Mr. Cosmic Mind.”

i : mi i Miracles, on
the other hand, occur without human intervention when the er:

healed has conformed to the fixed laws of earned reci rocation. Some
peop le are “accident prone,” and prone to other reactions, because they
are in tune with the influence that causes these things, or t

of resonant contact with the influenc that_prevent: m.

Life is not a mystery to those who seek to understand it. It is only a
mystery to those who are afraid of it, and expect someone to act as a
go between” for them. Usually the “go between” doesn’t give a rap
and may make the individual worse off than before.

>; ;
“Hol Water” is ordinary water, except someone made it “Holy” b
thinking resonant harmony into i products are only Kosher
because someone brought the resonanice-of acceptance into it through

ritual. Science is only science when it is finding out new things “Mr.

Cosmic Mind” knows. It ceases to be science when it hides its findings
for any reason. Science is the act of revealing, not concealing.

Remember, Money is God on the Earth. The first consideration of

business and politics is, how much can I make from this deal, and how
much prestige can I gain in my position by promoting this deal? Repe-

titions of these acts builds multiples of bureaucratic overlaps that stran-
gle the taxpayers.

This ever growing man-made monster is about to commit economic

suicide. No consideration is taken in these blood-sucking propositions
about emotions, welfare of the donors, or long range reactions. No
thought is presented as to whether this action is against natural laws

103

in conflict with “Mr. Cosmic Mind,” or in conformance with “The
Pie weapons, bombs, and war come from the cell abet oN
of the brain of humans, who have been iciare = ait decane
iration of creative
ieve in what they are a part of. Inspira re ee
figuras brain from the universal resonance of “Mr. Cosmic me .
One must “tune in” to Him in order to saree apse 7 get | 8
i i does not have to go an
tation on your dial spiritually. One have
find Him. He is everywhere without bound, ad infinitum.

104

CHAPTER TWELVE

PRINCIPLES & PROOF
In 1923 Dr. Biefield, professor of physics and astronomy at Dennison

University, teamed up with Townsend Brown in basic efforts to under-

stand and overcome gravity. At Dr. Biefield’s suggestion a number of
tests were performed to determine the electrical relation of gravity rela-

beled the Biefield-Brown Effect. Brown pointed out in 1923 that this
tendency of a charged condenser to move might grow into a basically

Brown’s saucers required a highly charged leading edge, the positive
polarity pole. Such a charged pole produces an electrical corona. This

is visible in darkness. A full scale saucer will produce a corona visible
f ht. The shape of a saucer follows the requirements of

or miles at ni e_ sha irements of
electrostatic and gravitational considerations, not aerod namic re

ments. There is no heat barrier or skin friction as in aircraft rammed

through the air by reaction propulsion methods. The material leading
eg of Te hip ites a vaca ed Pos hee sing
area in Font oF R-Fr poo toe netic effect there is an
Saucer can reach an intensity where they will bead light around them,

105

uire-

i i body can also
h ll appear to dis r. Radar bounce off the ody S
reat off = the field at given frequencies and it will disappear
ar scope.
a hew shaved “the following factors in his moving, charged con-
a Regarding the separation of the plates of the condenser; the closer
the plates, the greater the effect. =
2. The bility of the material between the plates to store electrical
energy in the form of elastic stress. A measure of this ability a
the “K” of the material. The higher the “K.” the greater the Biefield-
B fect. a:
"3 The area of the plates; the greater area giving the greater effect.
4. The voltage difference between the plates; more voltage, more

effect.
5. The mass of the material between the plates; the greater the mass,

the effect. _
at carat that with vertical poles a separation, or division of the
fields can be affected with a “caduceus” coil winding. This creates one
field pulling up and the other field pushing down.

The coupling of harmonics in electricity, gravity, and pracsae re-
sult in the power that spins planets, orbits them, and causes galaxies
Othe Biefield-Brown effect demonstrates that a condenser suspended
in a horizontal position, when charged with electricity will move in i
positive pole direction. Reverse the polarity and it will move in 7
opposite direction, always moving toward the positive end. , :

The spherical balls that_have been referr landin eae in
the pictures taken by George i not ears —

are condensers, Located 120° apart they provide a tripod effect in the
gravitational field, and give directional control by polarity manipula-

tions. ;
"Townsend Brown pursued his research until 1956, when he formed

N.LC.A.P., the National Investigations Committee on Aerial Phenom-
ena, in Washington, D.C., with a top brass advisory board.

I visited Townsend Brown in his office in Mi inenatie in late 1956
while I was on a lecture tour. In_ discussing his research and_flying
saucers with him, I explained the f se of the 120° c In a few
Geeks he resigned as the head of N.LC.AP., and Major Donald Key-
hoe became its Director. ee
“In | , 1955, we printed data on “The Earth As A Motor.” From

this data another man made an _anti-gra € and is at present
engaged in making larger ones tor a private firm, which is under gov-
NAGE nn Em

106

ernment subsidy. In 1952 we printed data on anti-gravity relative to
rotating high frequency fields. In 1956 we explained data relative to
polarity reversals an in molecular structure over
Radio Station W.O.R. that_w oven by a major steel company,

2 ee

° There are anti-gravity research projects in every country in the world.
On my last lecture tour I was approached by two separate parties con-
ducting anti-gravity research outside of government subsidy. Both of
them work and will lift non- metals like gold and silver as easil
as a magnet will attract iron, Neither one of them works on the Biefield-
Brown effect, but rather by orienting the poles of the atomic structure
— like magnetism orients the poles in molecular structure.

Authority refused to look at the Dean Space Drive, written about by
Campbell in a past “Astounding Magazine,” because it contradicted
Newton’s Law of Gravity — but it works!

The Biefield-Brown Effect is only a part of gravitational knowledge,
but_Townsend Brown should be publicly honored for his revelations;

not rejected to become another Tesla unknown to present scientific
teaching.

Kepler and Newton knew the true state of things, but science misin-

terpreted their findings. Faraday demonstrated “magnarotation.” Ro-
tary moving weights produce mechanical lift through Sata force.
This was proven by Mr. Benny Hallberg in Sweden and is referred to
as the “Hall ice.”

Resonance is the answer to both sonic and electro-gravitational nulli-

fication of gravity. A “free energy” motor can be made with permanent
magnets, using a three gear planetary system between the rotor _an
stator, with an even number of magnets on the rotor and an uneven

‘number of m ets on the stator. The three gears have three magnets
rotating to time attraction and repulsion between the rotor and stator

agnets polarity-wis

“Gravity is relative to the mass of the atomic structure of the matrix.
It would be easier to lift the Empire State building than it would be
to lift a salt shaker if the poles of the atomic structure were aligned
vertically.

Multiple wave oscillation gives an angleworm thrust to coherent
waves that are in harmonic resonance with each other. With no fric-
tional resistance, acceleration beyond the theorized speed of light are
possible. Being inside of the electrogravitational field causes all time
reference to cease, and one could live an indefinite life span as long as
the cell loss is replaced in the body by new cell food.

107

An electro-statically charged condenser — which is a spaceship —
excludes all outside influences which cause aging in bodies.

You can understand why the Biefield-Brown effect is not being
taught in our most advanced technical colleges today because of the
impact it would have on a world run by money. This is the reason
why flying saucers data has been withheld from the public.

In the last 50 years the sciences have brought us from the horse and
buggy days to men on the Moon. Electronics has given us world-wide,

“even space-wide, television; communication; and control of military,
industrial, domestic, and economic devices. Medical science has come
from pasteurized milk to the transplant of vital organs.

In all of this immense scientific advancement there has been the
suppression, and withholding, of many vital things, that at the time
‘were in conflict with economic and political interests.

The paradox of today is seen in the overall picture of the constant
words for peace, while ever more potent weapons for destruction are
being manufactured. The constant cry for higher, and more education,
while revolutionaries rip our educational system apart; and advanced
science is withheld from our deserving students. A war on poverty
while our gross national income is the highest in history.

The thing I am most concerned with is the failure of the government
to support and encourage those individuals who have demonstrated the
ability, and initiative, to create things that would benefit our people.
All of the people, from presidents down to the most unfortunate, the
cripple and the mental cases, get old and get sick.

For many years I have heard of the people who have been perse-
cuted and prosecuted for putting forth projects of their own, because
it conflicted with established economy, medical science, or political
authority. This I have never fully accepted, because it is difficult to
understand why these authorities, who also get old and sick, would cut
their own throats — so to speak.

In my own field of endeavor, inspired by a God-given desire to leave
this planet better than I found it when I was born, I now ask this ques-
tion. Why have electro-magnetic and radiesthesia sciences been ig-
nored, suppressed, and withheld from their beneficent usage over the
past 50 years? I offer the following data to prove these things are

known. The fact that they are not in use proves they have been sup-.

pressed.
The latest of these great accomplishments has just been revealed: I

present this first because everyone is aware of the flight of Apollo “8”
around the Moon. What is presented here is only a small portion of the
whole research. The principle of its operation is the important thing,

108

owe ee Ae ae ee other research done over the years. The
sible tor this device deserves international recognition -
emo even as fantastic as the Apollo “8” flight. igre
; e ae recorded the intensity of reactions of every gland and
cares e bodies of the three astronauts, Borman, Lovell, and An-
‘ ae aie a ae before lift-off until two days after splashdown in
¢ Ucean. It was recorded without radio, or t
e I i elemetry trans-
ao from any transmitters aboard Apollo “8.” The petite fact is
: aes ae to be received while the capsule was on the
€ of the Moon — when all radi, issi
ere pais is adio transmission could not be re-

The preliminary report, “Tracking The Astronauts In Apollo ‘8’” can

> a

This report was sent to me
sponsible for its success.

by one of the men who was largely re-

1s Verifies in principle, the magnetic-ion activities here ; x
” ° eos z ee e
biseac be Atel to Bving bodies. We have long ontenned tha so
lates energy relative to its composition. Eve
: : ry gland and or-
gan or ay, is composed of octaves of emanation ies its aioe
a ea e photograph of anyone includes the radiations of the indi-
v oa as well as the reflection of light off of them externally,
me ae ri paneer . Seat ia in Hollywood, proved this. De-
I ; » Abrams, Lakhovsky, Crile, and many oth devi
instruments in part that paralleled this _ ‘riding ae,
tou eivtey eee ba cai 1s astronaut tracking device,
uis Pasteur established some of these princi i
principles in 186
he was recognized mostly for his pasteurized milk process. gen

This as i
in ery living body ema-

nates radiations from all of i ; - :
, composition. of its parts according to their atomic charge of

ee AA. Boe and D. K. Salunkhe, from Utah State University put
in_a magnetic field and the tomatoes ri d fou

six times faster than norma i ay Tey Taner
h TAI seeds germin f

when placed in magnetic fields. : ee

Dr. Becker and Dr. Brown have found a number of diseases that

occur in cycles, and are sure from experi
: eriments the
humans are affected by celestial forces, : aes

109

mee — emg”

ipo RNL OOPS MES se oo

York City, Dr. K. E. MacLean used an electro-magnetic ac-
or. , Dr. K. E.

F New : , sts
ae in treating “hopeless” cases of cancer. me held
were “remarkable.” “Cancer cannot exist 1 2 stay eee

- P ght back fro 1d
MacLean said. Hair also was bro MacLean was 64 years 0
to its natural color by magnetic fields. tice a 3600 Gauss ma

mal magnetic Helds. aa

Edgar Cayce once said, Th
Charles Steinmetz said, “When sc
ies it will make more progress m

ere is mind in every cell of the body.

ience turns toward spiritual discover-
50 years than in all its past history.

en) d

ctors have discove at th mn | AorgrT reese
; oalarie tio The forehead is negativS forehead is negativO< nd the pt
‘Hives Reversal of these polarities causes one to ep
Calla i run a

df d newspapers d : ig
A i rope, magazines an ash
Ee that f j s people go to Sleep Dy ee “5 = y
sae I They also advertise a “magnetic bracelet tha ap oe
pout he - én worn on the wrist. pales 0 this item aeoEy?
= a Why are these items not available in our 7 = ae
5 _ sti y by the American Institute o i = ene

in Philadelphia revealed that hospital and industrial recoras,

f
police and fire department reports, showed peaks and troughs o

activity relative to the times of the new and full Lneia Rian :
"Dr. Igno H. Kornblueh reported compl apres omg mae Eee
:: n entire human body by having the ae
oye cared ons-in the air. He said the burned body tissue
five charged i th : He said the bummed body tssue “ee
aster.
DF Caoree eos | ae
l-organic unit in all living |
eel capable of emitting and ab
high frequency.”
Dr. Harold S. Alex

in his book, “The Secret of Life,” “that
beings, is nothing but an electro-mag-
sorbing radiation of a very

ander of North American aes cone ae
ienti 1 meeting of the Institute o
ivisi d scientists at an annua Hear oan
earner p Hie that “Mice live up shetie es pees ei
beck subjected to certain types of magnetic fields,

i imilar treatment.”
ir malignant growths after sim ee
ee of the Gs Geological Survey, working with scientist

i in rats

the National Cancer Institute, discovered that cancerous liver in rat

gnetic than normal tissue. -
eet Binwthy at the University of Budapest reported tha

110

albino mice inoculated with certain types of cancer there was loss of
tumor in five cases, and complete recovery in four cases out of six, for
those mice placed in a moderately strong magnetic field. In contrast,
control animals that were similarly inoculated and were kept out of the
magnetic field died. He displayed two mice from the same litter which
had reached an age equivalent to 90 years in humans. The one which
had lived for a while in a magnetic field appeared only about one third
as old as the other. :

In one series of tests, run by Dr. Walter H. Eddy, formerly of Col-
umbia University, 60 mice of a breed especially susceptible to lung
cancer were separated into two equal groups. One group was kept in
ordinary atmosphere; the other in a room with a high negative ion
content. At the end of two months, 22 of the 30 mice living in ordinary
atmosphere had developed lung malignancies and died. Of the other
group only two died; the other 28 showed no sign of lung cancer.

In a trip to Russia, Dr. I. Kornblueh of Philadelphia’s Northeastern
Hospit al discovered extensive use of ion t erapy
Students aré trained in the use o negative ions, and more than 100 hos.
pitals and health centers are said to be aking regular advantage of
negative ion therapy. Among the maladies treated in Russia, are peptic
ulcers, arthritis, bronchial asthma, hypertension, and various types of
neurosis. ss

of the above researchers and results are from 10 to 70 years old,
except the astronaut tracking. In 10 years we have put men in. orbit and
around the Moon at the cost of billions of dollars to the people who
receive no real return for their money.

What I am suggesting here to the agencies of government, medical
science, and electro-magnetic science, is that you are in a position to
produce beneficial results in people now. With what is known now,
centers for prevention and treatment of the sick world can be a reality.

The simplicity of magnetic fields and negative ions lies dormant and
useless, while presidents and their appointees, and scientists and doc-
tors suffer and die in so short a life span,

A sick people cannot pay taxes. They not only don’t pay taxes, but
they use taxes in programs established for their care. Why die at 65
when you can live much longer in full vitality and youthful appear-
ance?

Apathetic young people will not support the system that provides
jobs and income. Sick people and old people and people on welfare use

‘up the money that should be used to build a greater, healthier and

smarter society. New hospitals are full as soon as they are built. More
and more young people are refusing to accept the responsibility of a

<IT1

society that uses them for undeclared wars, More and more people are
towing older faster in an accelerated way of tension

Cnarren TrntEEN

“The balance of economic security of government has reached the ful: h SECRECY & SPACI

cate pane ote. where more is being spent than i being taken in, a6 nie withholding of Bindings in pace Tree ae

sTness the annual inerease in the national debt ‘The bureaucracy of eee S.A, who conducts the space figh iorities, who make

Sovernment in its segregation of itself cannot support itself. The people re ance these ventures through taxes, is an ee eros ernie
is malfeasance,

wwho lay the golden eggs of taxes are finding every means at their dis-
posal to legally and illegally avoid paying ‘taxes to an authority that
gives them nothing in return for their money
‘Add up the number: ‘of unemployed, welfare cases, sick people, old
people and the apathetic youth and see ‘how long the economy can last.
Fear a jmorting the system will soon join these others andl be
qome a part of the deficit when taxes cut into their ‘comfort and plea-
sure money.
re MOM -ycture of society, mits people can only be as well and
strong, as its heads in authority permit it to be.
Why can Russia and other foreign countries use these devices for the
benefit of their people. while none are available for public use in this
| most scientifically advanced nation? Every city_in the United States |

should have rooms a to the public, charged with x
spot agnetic Relds, so anyone could walk in and stay_an

‘etter and act younger. These should be ee ‘by the government.
Libraries would be ideal for this. Then people ‘could get self education

Figure 4. Gassendi Crater
113

( ue

hag been toe cae re oe in a pies “National Bulletin” apo
: w, an article written am tepper about the Apollo Moon walk hy Arm-
Of course proof that man 1s on 6 one “evitation: It would force strong and Aldrin, Part of this satis reads: “I was able to lay hands on
turies past, ee ae a Geos people out — he <a a_top secret tape transcript of the return to the spacecraft. Thi tran-
earthlings to accept the race, and it would verify creation script was receive
in advance of the human ,

ack on the Earth as the words were uttere et
: . ; , Mission Control kept them secret from the public at large, by a delay
versal scale, not just er: irene I talked rat bere hasnt et ape technique, that allows monitors on Earth to censor video and
According to one 0 in orbit around the
erican astronau

: . audio tape two or three minutes before it is transmitte to your home
gional om out there, make at least one orbit mS - television.
had spaceships.

e tollowing is the verbal record of what the Moon walking
lar d id and turned to th aft.
with them. observed the structural compostion that me That = " = : =a the hell was it? That ; ai I want to know...
—Tn 1915, astronomers ter (fig. 4). This picture shows the (garbled) . . . babi e. Sir, they were enormous... What...
lines in the Gassend BE a
were being construc

s in ; e hells going on? What's the matter wi you guysP...

: rifies the spacepeople who are coming here eyre there under the surface... Roger, we're here all three of us,

2, This picture ve ‘on that God created but We found some visitors . . . Yehl The "ve_been here for quite a

tie sr cture disproves the orthodox contention | » While judging from the installations . . . 'm telling you there are other
3. This pi

the Earth. That there is only here and hereafter and nothing spacecraft out there . . . they're lined up in ranks on the far side of the
man on the ,

‘crater edge .. . Lets get that orbit scanned and head home...”
else. This Om scanned and head home

aa jentists trying to put a
is picture makes the authorities and seamen 8 is same information came from several other sources also. Now

: ees econ look like “Johnnie come lately” experts. the question is: at_is to be gained s inority i i
man on ;

main- C
ace t

ensorship and meddling authority blocked out the most revealing

part of the Russian picture of the back side of our Moon when it was
printed in the newspapers,

A full thi ft _h.

di : | :
just above the Gassen . press and on T.V. Why? Why was this portion of the picture restricted
W: anding of Apollo 14 on the tee ruling capsules of Apollo 1 from tis public? Tr weary : ie ice reset
crater in the Ocean of grag rene crater. They took ane . fook the picture! (fig
ae oes Wie cs talks with recognized astronomers a ; (fig. 5)
around the Moon. When on

; ou can see in the lower left hand corner that a revetment, or large
they are very cooperative until the Gassendi dike, has been pushed wp from the material of the Moon’s surface
+e the craters on the ema pe ; around the arEe, white, disc-shaped area. Is this ice? Is it water is
crater is mentioned, then the it a large, domed city, which would verify George Adamski’s statement
i of many years back — that “there is a large city on the back side of the
| Moon at there is a large city on the back side of the
“Tt looks like a rounded canopy, and is over a hundred miles in dia-
meter. It does not appear to have a marks or craters in it.
Therefore if it is a domed city it was bui er

e Moon craters were
formed. We contend that the domed buildings in

the Gassendi crater

and their interconnecting tubes on the surface, and this picture alone,

prove that there are other intelligent s ecies of the race of man in space.
ut 24° to the plane of its-orb

~The equator of Mars in inclined about 24° i it,
oi ee ee ea

115
114

Sper

DISPATCH THREE STAR EDITION

AUGUST 16, 1965 al and northern sec-
Zond 3, The round

ST. LOUIS POST

$6 i i Lipsky of
20, 1965 along with a article Ree tae
smi it scoW. -
rome uber of photos mentioned. Distance of ph
ao eters cropped Sut the socalled scent marking device
Monee oe to ie ae
Sbjct that appear o be othe, Moon in the lower et ae
AS oie ose ave a
aoe a ace, The object inthe lower left appears to
ao ce material baked around it like a doughnu
il

116

About 4° more than the earth, Its period of rotation makes its day
abon ger than the earth's,

(Phobos, and Deimos, the two moons around Mars, were discovered
Py Asauh Malin I877. Ta T7S1, one hundred and fifty-six years earlier,
Dean ag his book “Gulliver described the moons around
Mars, Phobos is the only known body in the Solar -System_that rises in
the West and sets in the East. Phobos orbits around Mars in. Thours.
"and 39 minutes. This means that it goos around Mars 8 times on
ay; Our moon fakes 28 days to go around the earth once. 5

-of Mars, while our moon

Phobos is about 3,700 mil
is about 240,000 miles away.

In our 2000 malle out pictures of Mars, why wasn't the public shown
any pictures of Phobos? The Russian space scientists say it iy a hollow
man-made satellite, Relative to its size, speed in orbit, distance from the
surface, gravity attraction and centrifugal force, it cannot bo solid
body.

Why the secrecy: Why is the public excluded from seeing the pi
tures? Why doesn't authority want to admit there are other people out
there? Why?
~T. Calen Hieronymus.

the Apollo 11 moon astronauts, Arm-
—Eloptic Energy” receiver recorded a

3
Tethal radiation belt around our’moon, Yt a eared to extend from 15
Feet of the surface ofthe moon, out 85 rales. Becase Meet

Tip polate like the earth, this appears to be a dispersed Van Allen bel.
He recorded a very high Beneficent reaction while the astronauts war,
out of the I.E-M. on the moos'ssentace

We are analyzing the Apollo 11 report, and comparing it with the
Apollo 8 moon orbital fight. Soon this combination report will be avail.
able to those who want it. Do not write to us. Write to T. Galen Hier,
onymus, P.O. Box 77, Lakemont, Georgia 30552. (The price has not
been set on this report.) —

‘Several years ago a capsule was fired from Vandenburg, the West
Soast equivalent of the Cape-Kennedy-Space Launch Center, in Florida,
When it was recovered, it weighed lessythan when it was launched,
Much Tes = =

Jn a recent contact with a friend from the N.A.S.A. Apollo fight
series, he told mo that all of the Moon flight capsules from Apollo 8 on
through Apolla 11, haveweighed Tess}when they zetumed, thar th
aig When they were Taunched, Now the metals also have Tess density

What will be interesting to fad out, as an after effect Is whether thy,

will be beneficial, or detrimental, to the astronauts who ware in these

ba?

Apollo capsules. Certainly any radiation in space that _can change the describe the d.
" <- of metals will have some effect on them. - sane mone escent of one of our astronauts into their jungle in th
e

weight and den
These men, who risked all, to make these true space flights, are to be From the Christian A
, , ocrypha, which was banned b
the ch
: urch »

highly honored and respected. Let us hope that the future holds much from use in services and readi
for them in health and happiness. Tes_oF life. These books somertee ey lanations of the myster-
Archaeology, anthropology, many religious records, and artifacts church approved texts. es Stand in direct contradiction to

verify that there were people in physical form visiting the earth, in ~ “One of the Apocrypha b
contains a mrenes ee a nooks ~The Tale About The Three Magi”
a he star << ich cl.

times past, from outer space. The origin of every religion was based on
K VK cla 7 7.
anthat wat called the went im that Christ came

these visitations from out of the skies. =
The disappearance of th j i in our re- e . =o wate) astronomers in man Bethlehem.
cent recorded history proves that they went somewhere — as no bodies aes ared at night and lit up the whole
were found. This involved thousands of people in an eight hour period
of time.
Sanscrit record of people from out of the skies. The Jap- : und the planet : :

| science, but God put all of us eee are a fantastic achievement of

aniesé pagodas recorc these appearance in the ast. Anti avi a which makes our science of s
ation, and lifting of massive stones in the many places around the, Astronauts orbitin pace a child of nature.
; show technology not yet 2 to our science except on an miles per hour. ar g around the earth inside of capsules at 18.000
; > eS s a |

éxperim

No authority can invalidate these facts from the past.

In the June 1967, issue of “Saga” magazine ohn Keel has written an
article entitle oon Craters, or Secret U.F.O. Bases.” This article
shows that our governmental agencies are not above lying and produc-

who pay for these

ing false information to hide facts from you people
projects. The picture on page 22 lainly shows vent pipes, or man-made
silos coming out of the surface of the Moon. This picture was taken by

our Surveyer satel He
wo books written by Vyacheslav Zaitsev, who spent thirty years

only going faster, bu

by an. invisible fi Me rg held re called

eit anes as fleas on a dog that dat
es or Heas, except their own little world
People, dogs, fleas, churches. ;

a ts : sete mass in a mess ‘of

0 take atoms apart —
We should not be divided in bee era

fravi by us. We are as
ow there are any other

magazine, is most revealin:
yphs set down by one of the Ham tribe reads “The

‘Ancient hierogl
Dropas came down from the clouds in their gliders. Our men, women
and children hid in caves ten times before the sunrise. When at last
they understood the sign language of the Dropas, they realized that the
newcomers had peaceful intentions.” One Latin American legend says
that eggs dropped down from the sky on dandelions! An ancient man |
could have seen a container with a man in it descend from the sky in a
capsule like an egg, suspended by a parachute which he could only
describe as a dandelion. How many of the world’s tribes today might

118 ii

ar a

“Strange Objects Over Capitol.” These men are still fyin assengers

CHAPTER FOURTEEN for one of the major altlines, They @r
tions or

LIES & FACTS ot

ey would have lost their responsible ; Dg ago.
i i tes Ot in ~
U.F.O’s turned out exactly as we predicted it “A test pilot ay TOSS told me of chasing espe one a0
rt on U.F.O.
The Condon repo:

imination, and L
investigated the U.F.O. by the process care 70 di a anid-at a ; -104., Knowing His stom
would. eas than 2% of the many ga oT Gait: who was part didn’t stop authority from entrusting to him e testing of an airplane
examined less > ‘written by Dav aang eg cee at cost millions of dollars to produce SE OF 20-airplane
The book, “U.F.O.s acs ise s the inside story of a negative i? “T talked personall with an Air Force Captain in 1953 that was as-
Condon Committee, expose look like a scientific report. , Pp y 4 P %
of the lready reached to make the report lo aS atue ces since tie signed to remove the bodies from a_downed saucer nea Aztec, New
clusion a ied for years that the Air Force sae then are a cover-up Mexico. He told his story to over a hundred Air Force Reserve pilots
We have - Their continuity of investigations sin fig anewer. | in a Legion Hall in Hollywood in 1953, at the request of his superiors.
a a : make the public think ney cai arate Force jets chasing e Major in charge of U.F.O. investi ation for the Air Force cam
the U.F.Oss, as well = aha a contacted me. af have had 20 asc they tol me. This was be ore e “hush hu. E>) * h
vestigator from the Cate airport; where over a eee ey | on UF. ih 1956 sh security they clamped
- SP eon ll cae ihe world have come Stain and Coen ~ Now they have wasted $530,000.00 of the taxpayer's money to con-
people . Air Force, Navy, : tinue to fool the people.
have had over the Sane ts eiperiontes here than they ae ae ia David Saanders said th
jet pilots have reporte s. This alone is evidence that Condon niie at could be conclusive
aa Hpahon ee as he was not supposed to find out any
need to find out an 2

proof, were not turned over to the Condon
“ could not add ; Committee, in spite of the fact that one of the Committee tried a num- |
dible witnesses were ignored on the epengee to the facts ber of times to get these cases from the Air Force. :
Cre ing new.” Of course they couldn't eh The Air Force knew the Lknow ersO ot because I went investigati ¥
ehria ts Force already had since 1950. find out, but because authori came to me to discuss it — and there
a € «, " vere witnesses that thoy wore he on to seuss it
answers then. ag to note that the Condon report stated “there was were witnesses that they were here. Wh
It was interesting to

y did they come here
‘ : _ ;
Ria spaceships are coming here from other an airport operator that had been in aviation since
: indicate tha
no evidence to i

= “? Because they
tement a cutie. This is supposed to know my background and they knew I knew, because of the spaceship
» nt that stateme . se ear ay

ses ee se, . cay ipaceshies — but — did you grasp the fa

mean

é B j ere m
‘ wn ‘the time, to phone them if any other “strange things” h ened in this
; : ther planets in our 0 Fea. Dos this sound His thee roo things” happened in this :
‘ ? t did not include the o Ae cic owmieslar area. Does this soun e they thought I wd
this negative statemen it that way, to exclude o “From may experionow fee was dreaming? They knew I
solar ‘system? Why did they le hoes hat they want you to believe Anew, from my experience ere, and I knew they kn
system? You see this leads you to be t

i it bec
and leaves them an out in a few years when i

: this. so do I. ‘Now in ey are still spending taxpayer's money like water, to
Venus and Mars are both occupied. To erie on who Tans & eh eae ae thinking they can’t give the answers because they
come to m : still don’t know the answers.
mong the nee ee a He says the officials pierce The sightings wil
oe a had radio telescopes that Mars and Venus are
since we Hr. :

drid, Spain, while the Condon¥ was being compiled.
FO. activity. q i s ip over Madrid. It was photo raphed, Jets went up to
oe ilots that I know, have ha One of them was over look at it. It was higher than they could fly. This went on for 9 hours.
our One of them for a period of 20 minutes, On aa ing I wonder what the cover-up policy will be from Condon’s time on, as
ese ton, D.C. wi #08 Taround the = er the country said _the sightings continue to occur throughout the world?
: itol in 1952, when the
into the Capitol in 1952,

= 121
12

Officialdom is either being mis-informed by their advisors on many
things, or they are being given wrong information intentionally. State-
ment are constantly issued for public consumption without any name

being used as the source of information.
that, branch of government, is all we hear.

If security is being used to hide the interplanetary spacecraft from
the people, because the public might find out about government re-
search, and ships the Navy and Air Force have copied from the ones
they hauled to Wright Patterson Air Base in 1950 to 1952, then this is

misuse of security. Heads of foreign governments know the spacesn:

“A spokesman said,” of this, or

i he Moon ti!

are here. N.A.S.A. knows from their _p

by investigating forever.
Gold ile flying as an Air Force Reserve

pilot. He said they were real. William P. Lear, president of Lear Jet
—and Lear Electronics, said they were real. Lord Dowding, Air Marshall
of England, said they were real. Several hundred VIP have said the

“game thing, including some Generals and Admirals. The Condon repo
@ recorded sightings all over the world, in the 1890s, before any-
makes a lie out of the Con-

one on earth had anything that would fly,

don report and the Air Force policy.
The Rocky Mountain News of November 5, 1966 interviewed Lr.

Condon two days after the University of Col

with the Air Force. He was ask
withholding information. He rep
but he personally didn’t. “Maybe
much.” Could this “don’t care” attitude have
that he already knew th
was certainly not the rig
to spend a half million d
itemized account of this money expenditure going to

éd the bill? It was eviden

have had years of experience in the U.F.O. field,
to find out anything, because they would

122

orado signed the contract
ed if he believed the Air Force was
lied that some people believed this.
they are,” he stated, ‘I don’t care
been the result of the fact
e report would only be a further cover-up? It
ht attitude for anyone to have who was going
ollars of the taxpayer's money. When is an

at the Air Force didn’t ap-
proach Donald Keyhoe, Daniel Fry, or myself, and many others, who

if they really wanted
have been submerged with

_ Newsweek Magazine,” in a national poll said “at le

mericans had seen U_F.O.s.” J maintain it i 000.

an icans had s L aintain it is closer to 18,000,000, fro
y lectures in ears

“Why is i :
sone Neh is Lpbansss policy to lie to the population, and back u
The Air Force hae sia expense, when this is not military secaitity?
é : the nited St t ”» 6 7 5
in the sentence is an admissj o ates.” “These objects

tna“ on there are objects. H ;

m jects. How did th 7
This oe no danger to the security of the Walesa sore
iy padi orb hia lire oe contact with them either personally

> . Otherwi >
th ey are friendly? se how can they make a flat statement that

ooks have been written »

consultant; Frank Edwards, ma cant . by Jacques Vallee, a N.A.S.A.

Desmond’ LeSfie, nephe

who wrote _a book, or books, Vy y
ooks, th i
or 2 ook, oF bool shat made an easy buck” as they often
itary services have government pri
é printed forms to report
aaah nai ead a ( br at the taxpayer's eapetise} neo
¢ exis ilit jet
gee to chase these objects deeded ceiae oe ee ee
Gua small staff of only three people under Major
Naan as a the Air Force needed to keep up the false front "f
i fas pe ane to investigate to find out anything, they would hav
si s on the payroll. This again proves they already kn he
aie ere wasnt anything more to find out! oe
2 ef pashal, Lord Dowding. of the Royal Air Force in Eng-
2 = a
ae 7 : etehiisd = peop e on other lanets who Te operat:
eneral Curtis E. LeMay said, “We expect ulti
; t ult
of developing a system that will ecable 4s to sabe ae

123

ae evidence to prove the truth. Rather they-hired-semeone th at
didn t care” who knew nothing about the subject. -

the motions of all man-made satellites put into orbit by the U.S. and
fuga end

Unknowns in Space are a threat to us.

er or not : f the U.S.S.R., Council of Scientists all over the world greeted Shklovsky’s theories with mixed
> an oO F > .

1 R. Kozlov, First SS Calman in 1959, stated: ‘Let's emotions. - ; a fs
Ministers, while in San rani ’ cainst the Martians! Dr. H. M. inton, an astronomer at Yerkes Observatory, William
have an American - Soviet alliance agains iter said, “Highly ad- Bay, Wis., agreed with Shklovsky, in a statement before the U.S. Na-

Dr. Alexander Kasantzev, a Soviet Sa ae antl any dimes until tional Academy of Sciences.

: have visite

| tures from Mars hobos may be a huge orbiting city filled with men, women and
pa ata dren,” he said. “The oth Deimos, might be one, t
A Geng ce cae enema pea children,” he said. “The other moon eimos, might be one, too.
William Lear, President of Lear, Inc., sald, Super intelligent beings Agreement also came from one of the world’s leading astronomical
wi. ele fing saws ere opereted By SPE EISTEES SSS experts, Dr. Fred Hoyle, astrophysicist, a professor of astronomy at

: ; : andi- Cambridge University, England, and one-time staff member of both
cn aaiwater, U.S. Senator from ae tad ects the Mt. Wilson and the Palomar observatories in Calif.
d: ie President said, “Flying Saucers = “This is the only theory I have heard that covers the mystery of these
ag whatever you call them are a a handling U.F.O. information at two moons,” he said.
oO

Albert M. Chop, former press

in Washington, D. land, and a key figure in the NASA Mars Probe project, added his
bore ete bein watched b bein to said, “I have ; agreement.

W h. ich cannot be ex- “If Shklovsky’s figures are accurate, then Phobos could be artificial,
Dr. Clyde ast seven years, whi hollow, and therefore made b living creatures,” he said.
d “In 1952 Giampiero Monguzzi worked as an engineer at Monza, near

Milan. He was a member of the Edison Society of Ital On July at

year he went climbing in the Bernina Mountains, together with his

- E alls. Tt is unscientific scientists w itside wife. At about 9:30 a.m. one morning, both of them suddenly saw lyi
, : = a glacier a thing they could not he i er, al-
35 klovsky, pub- though up to that d_scoffed at the term as meaning
leading planetary physicist, I. S. Shklovsky some kind of American hoax. Both

C. said, “One thing is absolutely cer- Dr. S. Fred Singer, professor of astronomy at the University of Mary-
CG, sald, ”
from outer space.

In 1959, Russia's Fhe hed dade . n . of them stood on the other side of

lished the results of observations Phobos is an artificial satellite, prob- 1e glacier to the strange object. Monguzzi very much wanted To cross

He came to the conclusion that £10000 the glacier to get nearer to the thi as terri ight-

ably made of aA th t Phobos is hollow inside, something like a pre and ] revente im, so he stayed where he was and took a series
sume tha aid. of seven pictures.

tin Ye Have tS ee Doon emoved, he Sai. The frst shows the saucer a bit tilted to one side, with an aerial

“ris an artificial satelliteofMars” obos: sticking out of it; the second shows it in a more straightened position,

ovsky based his statement on f nail as Phobos. ;

1 © other planet_has moons that ‘ba as S e to
‘ * Phobos an ; ? :
2 Bort Mars, Phobos is only 5,000 miles from the re ie
the planet al moons, Phobos moves in its or a ov ing ip. On his back he carried a contra tion, ve hb lik
3, Unlike all natural moons, ora natural moon, according |! _inspect his ship. ( oe et a) uC neS
times as fast as Mars. Hpossible Toots can move faster walkie-talkie” with another aerial or antenna rising from it. He slowly
to acce ted astronomical theories. T° i planet and satellite were ori- © nd the saucer while Monguzzi took three other pictures
than the planet it circles, because bo ling at the d. i

with a man appearing to one side. He is wearing a kind of diving suit

bst tr appeared behind the saucer. The aerial was drawn in
ami ce . ;
ginally mace a i aoe ‘aad fallin ing toward Mar. s duplicates ‘ge

7 Phobos is

124

i was lucky
i nut noise and rather quickly. Monguzzi

bs eh Re ctenetcten" photos of the ship's eet ’
enough to ae
The whole procedure had lsted only » few minutes. ory key,
i ver to ithe would have ruined : ®
ipa a ltros oad we wont to Min ising ena of

Bete Sane of he er Ga amg

aving taken the pi

Monguzzi lost his membership, and later on his job, since his manager
pt eaalng member ofthe soclety, ——-- Since his manager _
Tn comparing these pictures one must take into account that they
may be slightly different in some respects, dua cn design changes over
4 period of several years,
The picture of the ship, -when shown to a
Bresidefit in 1959, caused him to remerl

re 2

a! iny pictures
init hip available o the public. Where did Vee set
ture?”

This remark indicated he kne

; : il i r. (fig. 6)
sp was probably built by his company. f
and that the ship was p tbo ED)
cont ae taken by Radio Oficor . Fog of
a eaeCy ae ish ship, the S.S. Ramsay,
i aber of 1957.__
a , California, in Decer
cE ca ts vy apparent Rpg
ae the common people. oa On aan
Boost ‘it as the United States does; and oo sa
sone world government operating on nieces
2 ori used by everyone. It is impossible from an <
a toe .d in the press,
ste {sbon, Portugal, suddenly appeared in ;
thee the “0b ones Shot cate clocks by the hundreds; and over
where je

janberra, ice with the
Canberra, Australia, where the objects caused inferferen it
:
= a

Mars probe tracking station at Tidninbilla. Framingham, Massachu-
setts; France; the Antarctic scientific bases; and many other points ré-
Porting “glowing objects” was not any inerease in the number of sight
ings. It was a sudden release from security i = %

‘The Air Force has known, scientists connected with “saucers” have \,
known, and government heads have known for years that:

1. These objects are spaceships

2. They are occupied and controlled by

3. They are friendly.

4. They can’t be shot down, or chased “home.”

5. They have had the Earth under observation for centuries,

8. Their visits down through history have brought about the begin-
ning of every religion on the Earth.

. Authority expects to “reveal all” by announcing some homemade |
anti-gravity ships of their own, and imply that these are what people
have been seeing all along,

intelligent people.

199

CHAPTER FIFTEEN
SIGHTINGS & SATELLITES
Shadows on the moon and dizzy acrobatics of a saucer around

II. ;
Se iueies Aires. 5th December, 1965 — Some flying saucers have been

sighted in Buenos Aires. Reverend Father Benito Reyna, the aggel
of Jesus, teacher of mathematics and director of a small private

servatory, has photographed 3 of these UFO's which according to him,
from another planet. ;
arses pide conference Father ples displayed eiucd aac
‘which can be seen 3 black spots of different sizes ou ainst
che leniaated surface of the moon. We —s that Father Reyna had
already observed some saucers last November. re ry 1965
One of the members of G.E.P.A. (Society for the Study of oe
Phenomena) wrote to Father Reyna and in reply received a p ° 0-
graph of the phenomena. The conditions under which they were taken
follows:
"On Decenbes J, 1965, at 2040, we were asked by eee from
various places, whether we had noticed anything strange on the oe
which was in its 8th day. I replied that at that very sess Pp. oe
graphs were being taken. On developing Benes ran api oa is “4
a fleet of flying disks (UFO’s). the following ;
cancers came to see me; I arranged a discussion with them and
d them the photos.”
gets shoiseriphie observation, which is completely authentic and is
corroborated by the distant witnesses who called the observatory, is in
itself remarkable, but Father Reyna continues: :
w sFrom the 2 observatories (there are 2 at San Miguel ) I have fol
lowed many times with the naked eye or with binoculars the arias
ments of UFO’s. They almost always followed the artificial sate a
or the rockets which put them into orbit, but always ata eater
tance so as not to disturb them by their magnetic field. age the a8
ellites enter the cone of the earth’s shadow they disappear. cpieipe
the UFO’s remain luminous and generally change direction, and this a
fantastic speeds. ; :
One night we followed one of them with a telescope. I am aie
draw on the reverse (of the page) a diagram of its wrens ales
is absolutely certain and checked by technicians. I know that in

\ people take a great interest in UFO’s and that one group of observers

is trying to solve this riddle.”
130

On the back of the Reverend Father’s letter is found, under the title
“The course of a UFO followed with a telescope of 100 times magnifi-
cation,” a description and an astounding drawing:

“From the ADHARA Observatory at San Miguel, Buenos Aires, on
the clear night of 14th November, 1964, we were following in the tele-
scope the satellite ECHO II, which was travelling from the north to the
south pole. It appeared at 2037 hours almost on the same meridian as
the observatory.

“At 2045h there arose in the west near Pegasus a UFO following a
route perpendicular to the orbit of ECHO II and on the plane of this
orbit. On approaching the satellite it deviated from its route, tracing a
semi-circle (perhaps so as not to attract the satellite with its magnetic
field), then continued on its way in an easterly direction, in the neigh-
borhood of Orion, descending to the horizon. It made this journey in 3
minutes.

“At 2052h when ECHO II was at the zenith, the UFO rose from the
southwest near Centaurus, going to meet ECHO II. On approaching
the satellite it made a detour, then headed towards the northeast and
descended to the horizon near Andromeda.

“For the 3rd time, at 2100h, it appeared near Altair, presenting itself
in the form of a cigar, then becoming circular. On reaching the level of
ECHO II it made the same detour as before, then, heading towards
the south, in the direction of Canopus, finally disappeared below the
southern horizon at the same time as ECHO II.

“As there were many people inside and outside the observation dome,
it could be followed and observed from within and without, on its var-
ious paths, by rapidly adjusting the opening of the dome, so that all
could see it. Near the horizon we saw it with perfection. It could be ob-
served quite clearly, its upper turret of a greenish color. Tts cen i

as of a yellow color and its edges were blue. Sometimes it filled the

whole held of the telescope and appeared bigger than the full moon.

e speed of ECHO II being about 25,000 km per hour, the UFO must
have been traveling at more than 100,000 Kavi tees Po

from the journeys which it made at the same altitude as the satellite.
.fle spectacle ottered by the TIFO which followed ECHO as—fan
tastic,”_.
A priest of the Society of Jesus, Rev. Father Benito Reyna is an as-
tronomer, biologist, doctor of science and teacher in the University .
del Salvador in Buenos Aires. He also directs scientific centers in 3 dif-

ferent places (at Santa Fe and in the 2 observatories of San Miguel).
He has been doing research in astronomy and biology for 30 years.

13]

San Miguel is situated 40km. west of Buenos Aires. In this town the
Jesuits have 2 observatories: an “Observatory of Cosmic Physics, and
a simple astronomical observatory, the ADHARA Observatory. Exist-
ing since 1935, the former is one of the most complete in the world, for
in the 6 hectares (15 acres) which it covers, it has, as well as 3 observa-
tion domes, chemistry, biology, entomology, physics, electronics, helio-
physics, meteorology and seismology departments. A radio telescope is
being built. There is also a telescope for the observation of solar phe-
nomena, which permits the taking of photographs of the sun in the
morning and the afternoon.

The ADHARA observatory is a private observatory created by Louis
Ferro, who has doné studies in physics at Turin and Padoue. The vari-

ous telescopes were made especially for studying the secrets of space
and making them known to all the visitors who c ach night to his

ome. n 4 voars (be Tas snade-some notable discavesips_ ts recent
months he has discovered big explosions or solar “soufHlets” and has

fheasured their size by methods which he has invented. His calcula-
fions have been confirmed by the big observatories and he has received
‘commendation from Mt Palomar. The position of the ADHARA obser.
r Lat. :

'“For many years the witnesses who reported fantastic manoeuvres or
the speed of these UFO's were thought to be mad. But, the San Miguel
observation has put a different construction on the matter. 100,000
km/h is really startling, not to mention the arcs described around the
American satellite.

In the case of the observation of Father Reyna and the technicians
who, being with him, confirmed this observation, we are dealing with
an indisputably qualified astronomer who has made use of a telescope
which has a magnification ot 100 times. Also, the appearance and the
antics of the object observed prove that this object could not be a nat-
ural phenomenon. If ever an observation was authenticated by the
qualification of the principal observer and the agreement of parallel
witnesses, this is it. .

The fact that Father Reyna is a member of a religious order where
very strict discipline reigns adds to the genuineness of his declarations.
An individual person can take upon himself the risk of making a state-
ment which could expose him to ridicule. It is unthinkable that a Jesuit
would bear a testimony which would jeopardize the reputation of him-
self, his order, and his superiors. :

It is impossible to doubt the reality of these things. As in the law-
court, one can not object to witnesses who have the convincing evi-
dence of those whom we have presented here.

132

One cannot see how this object could be put in the category of nat-
ural objects or known machines. The amazing antics of this saucer
which appeared literally to play with ECHO II are desperately humil-
iating for terrestrial astronautics. In comparison, the interminable man-
oeuvres of the orbital rendezvous of Gemini and Agena, which are
nevertheless the crowning glory of our technology, seem miserably
useless, if not ridiculous. The manoeuvrability of the San Miguel object
astounds us. It seems to ignore all restrictions which the laws of space
mechanics impose on our space vehicles. It acts as if no law of gravity
existed.

In view of such acrobatics in pursuit of ECHO II, who could pre-
tend that this chaser of satellites was a secret experimental machine
released from some Russian or American laboratory? When cosmonauts
are to be launched into space, don’t you think that the Soviet and
American technicians use the best material and methods available in
order to preserve the lives of their men?

At its launching, ECHO II had an orbit whose perigee was 1,033 km.
and apogee was 1,313 km. It is therefore, at an altitude of more than
1,000 km. (620 miles) that Father Reyna and the other witnesses saw
the saucer. Now what natural phenomenon, what exospheric globular
lightning flash could pursue, giving 3 performances, with such preci-
sion, a satellite orbiting at an altitude of more than 1,000 km.? You tell
us! This watchdog of ECHO II was certainly nothing vague like ion-
ized gas in the upper atmosphere. Seen in the telescope, with a beauty
exceeding that of the full moon, it appeared as an object of fixed pro-
portions whose clearness amazed the spectators, and in which could be
seen zones of color, geometrically divided.

Father Reyna’s report is an undeniable document, but it is also, at
the same time, a decisive document. It puts to shame all the “explana-
tions” by which those who hold to scientific dogmatism have sought in
vain to discredit one of the biggest and perhaps the most serious enig-
mas of the present time and the past. It literally pulverizes them; at the
same time the saucer which he describes itself pulverizes, as far as we
are aware, all the records of altitude or speed which have ever been
recorced in all the known history of these mysterious machines.

The figure given by the Rev. Father has to be seen in space, and he
told us that ECHO II, a polar satellite, appeared “almost on the same
meridian as the observatory.” If we understand this properly, it signi-
fies that the orbit of ECHO II is found, at the moment of passing, on
an almost vertical plane for the observer. Therefore, the routes of ap-
proach and the antics of the saucer must have been almost horizontal
to the observer, Under these conditions it seems certain that the paths

133

traced by the saucer between two encounters with the satellite must
have been much longer than the orbital path traced by the satellite
itself from one point of encounter to the other.

The saucer originated near Pegasus, then, grazing ECHO II at an
altitude of 1,000 km., reached the horizon only 3 minutes after its ap-
pearance. This confirms the speed attributed to the saucer by Father
Reyna.

ie speed of 100,000 km/h (62,000 m.p.h.) — which practically cor-
responds with the orbital velocity of the earth — is, as we have said, a
startling speed. A machine capable of such a speed is undoubtedly a
space machine, and such a one that our ingenuity has never realized.

Let_us take the escape velocity from the earth, for altitude O, as
equal to 11.2 km/sec., being 40,000 km/h. 100,000 km/h, or 28 km/sec.,
is 9% times this value and already more than half the escape velocity
from the solar system, on the plane of the earth’s orbit (42 km/sec. ).

object

going away from the sun, an
velocity, in order to permit it to escape, not only from the earth, but

from the solar system.

The average orbital velocity of the earth is about 29.77 km/sec. One
must, to attain the escape velocity of the solar system (42 km/sec.),
add to this velocity 12.23 km.sec. But is necessary besides to escape the

earth’s gravity, which requires a velocity of 11.82 km/sec. Finally, by
designating the 3rd cosmic force by V, we have, in (km=sec. ):

V? = (12.23)? + (11.18)?
Therefore V = 16.56 km/sec.

The object showed that it was capable of deceleration which was
perhaps more fantastic than its speed, since it was able, in a few
minutes, to slow this tremendous speed to a movement so slow that it
could be observed with perfect clarity in the center of a telescope of
more than 100 times magnification. The ease of the manoeuvres seems
like child’s play compared with our techniques and the energy which
we put into propelling and manoeuvring our space vehicles.

Father Reyna writes in his report “I have followed many times with
the naked eye or with binoculars the movements of the UFO's. They
almost always followed the artificial satellites or the rockets which put
them into orbit.”

We have no reason to think that the Rev. Father would wish to de-
ceive his correspondent, unless his eye was deceived by the nature of

134

that which he had observed. B i
i . But a question arises in the mi
cal es se ae . ather was ae to see these things, Sone =
e to escape the notice of those who |
the rockets and satellites and Se
who have at their disposal, f
pose of following their jecti Le pope
c projectile i
highly saeern a means of locating them? ee eee ae
reasonable answer doesn’t seem doubtful: o
: one cannot thi
oe ee of their space vehicles are going to sates ae * i
— io ne electromagnetic or optical tracking stations established
ericans or Russians. They certainly know that they exist The

ea Government has known all the tim at_strange machines
Son boo tes Fa outer space, There is no doubt that thi s
oborates Father eynas statement. Both Russia and America h -
poi to the conclusion that “Flying saucers exist and th ae ni
-terréstrial, cir a i i i
eae rival, in ar lat short time, must per-
nee of 20th April, 1966, Father Reyna writes:
oe e nies February and the 6th of the same month of this yea
ee owed the routes of some UFO’s. One night, 5 of them in a VE ‘
2 sry colar the sky horizontally. From various parts of the Re ib.
f Argentina some remarkable information frequentl en Oo.
sre these flying objects.” pais
ather Reyna’s report Jeaves n
's o doubt as to i
fantastic capabilities of these UFO's and their = re Hiab as
ae great interest in our

— “Phenomenes Spatiaux,” June, 1966—

135

CHAPTER SIXTEEN brie on G athe-road the ground was very muddy. Saly
were Covered. with mud, but he noticed that the two s vador's

CONTACTS & CYCLES v

In August of 1953, a Mexico City taxi-driver named Salvador Villan- shoes.
veva Medina was hired by a Texan and his wife to drive them in their About one-and-a-half kil
own car from Mexico City to Laredo. ie came upon a round mamas! oenciaty in a little hollow they
When about 7 miles north of Valles, Mexico, on Mexican Route. 85 and ab rs high with portholes on out 10" ‘ iameter
the car broke down. The Texans obtained a ride back to Valles to get a signal with his arms and a door Opened an ne-of the spacemen made a
mechanic, but due to delays they spent the night there. The Mexican entered and invited Salvador to come a oard € side of the ship. They
. At this point Salya-

dor became frightened and tan
: the direction of th — ran back toward the car. He watched i
He had pulled the car off the road, and had crawled under it to work above the nn neh ap, and ‘after some minutes saw it hs es ae

on the gears. It was just getting dusk when he heard foot ap- € jie trees glowing with light, It hovered momentarily and the,
proaching, ant he saw what he thought was so e of aviator a took off at great speed. vered momentarily and
the man was dressed in a one-piece garment resembling a ski- r is a very humbl le “s

hin ee ‘ father of seven children. He = earnest ‘and religious young Mexican,

gards his experience with awe and reli-

taxi-driver had been told to stay with the car until they returned.

sitit. | ;
Ee } gious reverence. At first he tri i
As Salvador got out from under the car the man spoke to him in him b co City, but was laughed ie ose
Spanish and asked him what was wrong with the car. He noted that it : Maciheate’ ona ie ee clo ig
sand en et ane “mayoral iving home he and his wife agreed it was best .
hair which reached almost to his shoulders. ; ae wet not until se aeatings b
He also noted that the man wore a wide belt, which seemed to have pape s-tater-tha ded iol Bi ory. Thee
Be ceciderc 0 ° I b 0 :

holes in it, and these would light up now and then as though there fully che eae ee ; ory. It has
ores hi neces «ing wie exe om Ruy checked and re-enacted by impartial investigators, who feel ti
the belt. Under the man’s Was a helmet like those use ootball oe Submi ;
players. but fine wites extended a ae a ert mitted and verified in Mexico by Bryant and
“Salvador was very frightened. After some conversation the man’s

belt _be t_on his helmet and departed

-Helen Reeve.

“And the likeness of the firmament

through the brush to the right of the road in the direction he said his tures was as the col . upon the heads of the living crea-
ship was located. Salvador watched the lighted belt until it isappeared heads above.” Ezekiel 1 Sa ne yen eiched ee over thet
ee tir ‘ ep as

om viaw, Naturally, in Ezekiel’s time when nothing was known on the Earth

of space travel, aircraft, balloons

~Salvador then went to sleep in the car, but was later aroused by the
tion of a space helmet made of cle

“aviator”_wh: nion similarly dressed.
He invited the two men into the car and the three of them sat on the
front seat and conversed until almost daybreak.
— Gradually it dawned on Salvador that these men were from another
world, and he gathered considerable information regarding their man-
ner of life, but none regarding the location or name. cf Piet world, For
example, their world had a single government. Also the children were
raised in community schools an ucated according t i al
abilities and talents. As tie hoes ee ed
juestions. He felt a great friendliness and _all his fears departed.

= 136

etc., this was a pre od i
ar plastic, or glass, eee
ee from a spacecraft that landed

€ spacepeople were carrying clear

-27. “And I saw as the
is loins re round about within
7 even upwar

his loins even downward pward, and from

, 1 Saw as it were :
ad brightness round about. the appearance of
sa alba alone,

“In that “oil lamp age” you can imagine Ezekiel trying to tell the
Earth’s people of his contact with spacepeople. Today the things he
professed are part of a holy book.

In this “electronic age” multitudes with an “oil lamp understanding”
cannot be converted to comprehend the connection between the button
they push and the electric light lighting.

Howard Menger explained how the space peo le he contacted _wore

“The “experts of ignorance” have altered the Bible in the last few
years, so that the meanings are now changed, In the Scofield or King

buggy” revision doesnt say whether they are wooden spokes, steel
spokes, or wire spokes. In this disc wheel age they could have at least
specified what kind of spokes, as long as they “knew” enough to add

spokes. .
The “hush-hush” group are even altering our Bible to make it con-

form to their “security” clauses. For the information of these experts,
the pulsating light from the belis and ships of the spacepeople is the
secret of overcomi ity.

Ezekiel pulled an““Angelucci” on the people back. there in those
donkey days. In 3-14, he recounts:

So the spirit lifted me up and took me away, and I went in bitter-
ness, in the heat of my spirit; but the hand of the Lord was strong
upon me.” mE Se ae Ae ‘Oy
_. This is in the Holy Bible. The things that happened centuries ago
are labeled religion today. ‘The very same things are happening today
‘but Satan’s agents are trying to keep it secret.

The Lord God said, in Ezekiel 20: 35 and 36. “And I will bring you
‘into the wilderness of the people, and there will I plead with you face
to face. Like as I pleaded with your fathers in the wilderness of the
land of Egypt, so will I plead with you, saith the Lord God.”

So we have come face to face with many space contacts for various
reasons. “In that day shall messengers go forth from me in ships to
make the careless Ethiopians afraid, and great pain shall come upon

them, as in the day of Egypt: for, Jo, it cometh.” Ezekiel 29-9.

If Isaiah; Ezekiel, Matthew, John, ‘and all the others had not written
their accounts of their contacts and experiences with the spacepeople,
there wouldn’t be much of a Bible. ee Bes =

138

Earthly religions are all based on “heavenly creatures,” “angels,” or

= aa Pa sayin ae There wouldn t_be a Christianity today unless
7 Air "Force denials that these craft and their people exist, i
ee of the Bi hristianity, and all Sher aligicas: ee
at the Creator manag i i
the knowledge and help of hee ease : Creer

Ezekiel referred to the Lord as a man in 43-6. “And I heard him
speaking unto me out of the house; and the man stood by me.”

The very things the Bible says will happen in the latter days are
happening now. Face to face contacts. Wars, and rumors of wars. Thun-
derings in the skies (sonic blasts). Lights in the heavens (spaceships)
Rogues in the high offices of the government and the churches

Each person will soon have to decide where they stand.

Behold, he cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see him, and
they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth shall wail
because of him. Even so, Amen.” Revelations 1:7.

I elicna the New Testament the return of Christ is connected
Oe pears ata and great glory. St. Luke 21:27. St. Mark 14:62. St.

is U.F.O.’s are often seen and photographed ionizing a cloud
aroun dthem™or coming from a cloud that was formed by ths electro-
static field around the craft. They also demonstrate power in thelr vapid
acceleration and high speeds. When witnessed with the irridescent x
colors of the rain ow, and changing colors of the force field around the
craft with different energy applications, this certainly manifests glory

a it is a glorious sight to see.
ot only is the return of Christ connected with clouds, b
, but al \
he ascended before multitudes after his resurrection. In Acts 1:9 Thad
when he had spoken these things, while they beheld, he was taken up; i
and a cloud received him out of their sight.” And in Acts 1:10 and il,
‘And while they looked steadfastly toward heaven as he went up be.
hold, two men stood by them in white apparel; Which also said, Ye
men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? This same Jesus
which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner
as re alee ip him go into heaven.”
cloud by day and fire by night also di ites i
canons y night also directed the Israelites in the
Prophecy in the Bible is being fulfilled daily if i
y if one watches wh:
taking place. However, the return of Christ has been sajceed pe
unfulfilled for several generations. Is the clue to His return given in
Revelation 1:7, where it says, “and every eye shall seehimP”.

139

| making personal appear-
It stands to reason that he could not eke worldwide, but today we

i I] to :
out every city and sma him under these condi-
Se oie T.V. and every eye could see shown in isolated areas.

: i i where T.V. is not V h
cipccansherary rime Sala have to be a condition existent upon the eart

i i dition
Certainly there bad £ great value to the people. This conditic i
that would make His ie ; ai oral, military, economic, and racia

at : i e only
pag siadldbs eae by now that the bee « ae world ar
malig matters worse in hel: power DUOErY eet ofthis article
i i ee i ; * 2 .
onan ag 2 es of earth require outside intervention,
The poin

i irements of prophecy.
Meeniwe Sree aad remain shall be agent ep Sacaenl
raat lithe clouds, to meet the Lord reco air: an
re i ” First Thessalonians 4, 1/. aot
i ie se ase Matthew hare hae ainsi bi Jor a
i i t. 1:16) that Jose ;
rei ci ee meaner oe you to believe that he was the father o
ary an

it i i h became

ey cea Mat. 1:18-25) it is plain that Joseph |
me sro ravnere soe they oie noe and after “she was
at "In :25 it is made clear
ith child.” In Mat. 1:25 it is :
ee ie idk that Joseph was the same as a step

h in Jesus. female” that
There was no blood of Josep Je: one of the “male and female t
Mary is one Sone Or bef Tle ended His work (Gen. 2:2), and
KK - oe a 0 ‘am an an too place. er ee
: 5 ;
volunteered tor the — ase of man. Jess Se allel Mary
the — a son of the Adami F what it entailed. —
nmient K

that Joseph “knew her
ather to Jesus.

‘Ore his eart D

became pregnant and

Mat.
* e Star of Bethlehem™ (

: e oe
A force field, generated by the spacecra he

at night.

The spacepeople “stood by”
fon telepall

po ALR SL rer landed on the Earth by the spacepeopie of

at the birth. The ones aboard were in

Ma also with the

The wise men were informed(“of” God, } ot “by” God (Mat. 2:12)
through His agents, the Adamic people aboard the craft. “In a dream”
(Mat. 2:12) is as near_a description of the state of consciousness as

could be expressed. Any state of meditation required for a clear recep-
tion, in thought tra eam-like because it excludes physical

conditions and things (Try it, you may be astounded by your dormant
possibilities).

Now that you can see the connecti the birth of Jesus and
the spacecraft we shall go further In Ma S18 ve evidence again
of the “transistor beam.” This is the same beam that Jesus was retrieve
bodily with at his resurrection, The same beam was used to lower Fred
Reagan to the around, when his airplane collided with a spacecraft
ov ia i This is also the beam that picked up Noah and
Enoch, The transisto; beam was also used to bring aboard 4 Tooket toot.

irplane and the pilot at Rogers Air Force

airplane and the pil Air Force Base. This was written up as
fiction to cover the facts,

‘These spacecraft are the “signs in the skys” referred | to many times
in the Bible. They signify the return of thes man called Jesus who will
come “out of the clouds” (Acts 1:11),

After God made man He finished His work (Gen. 2.3). The Creator
made man to manifest His creations, God brings about His doings
through man. Man either manifests the constructive creations of God,
or the destructive actions of Satan.

The spacepeople informed me that wh ir people gets
destructive ideas they isolate that one and place him on It
ks ike this i the planet. The whole sono e oy eo 2 Planet.

arth is valued by its worth in money, —
oF the golden calf
= Nanlenies of a do not designate authority; they designate brutish
force. If all this vainglorious display is so necessary, why then the
commandment “thou shalt not kill?”

Aren't the administrative branches of governments the representa-
tives of the people? It is time our representatives take the brass by the
horns. The people are entitled to know the facts and the truth.

The time is short. You are either an instrument of God, or a pawn of

the devil. Jesus is about to land amidst you. Are you ready to be “taken
up’ or are YOU OnE Who Will be Tefen tar

~ And what will ye do in the day of visitation, and in the desolation

which shall come from far? To whom will ye flee for help? And where
will ye leave your glory?” Isaiah 10:3,

The day of visitation is here Many visitors not of this Earth
ee
14] —

“ROK

uthor1 as hidden this eat event in Secres , a ear, Oe sa
will destroy their economic god Mammon — and _they have Do“ —

ry one n. .
oer Oe aon that will come from far should be evidenced by the
e

i di air
build-up of atomic powers, 100 Megaton bombs, fleets, armies, an
forces. ee

“To whom will ye flee for help ee
ities of civil defense one year cry evacnal
h ae Seles cry “the best protection 1s individual bomb
ope.
Sortie ie not be the best way, but they changed their ee
th economies god said “there is no profit in Se seme
oa ermits that cost the people money and a ~ panne
is - make sure no-one can save themselves withou Hs e Hoare
"ott ri hard to understand anyone Balldine a beets ee ate
i m
i themselves. Will people never tea e hath
oe as destruction? Individual bomb shelters are “dead en

When the desolation comes you and your loved ones wil Tis vate

your hole in the ground for safety oe the shee? crea Hee

ti _ After a few hours, or davs, your

ee faci means, or foresight to build their own bomb shelters
d and desperate. :

nae ae aug of your hungry neighbors will say “Joe has food

i ._ These
in his bomb shelter” — and there you are trapped sipaictaee ah =
“friends” will get your food either directly by forced en my Or ye
Your air and ventilation pipes. our shelter : oa e
Mammonites proves to be your eath trap or : a icaioua aay:

our only safe place is with many others and it won ne
thing. Of course the chil defense suthastie SSS [defense authorities wi never suggest this to
b re is no profit in it.
On ee the nearest orm drain entry and get into the big ued
foes that run under the street. This network of sto Ie
7 r f the city and you could go through them for miles wi holes
evallable ati 1s. In this event your entire expen iture wor w te
eT teen i tarty water a Hashlight and extra_ batteries
concentrated food.

For the leaders of this people cause them to err; and they that are
led of them are destroyed.” Isaiah 9:16.

When the people of wealth hold the highest offices of the govern: _

. 142

ments of the world, how can they think any other way than they do?
They arrived. at positions of authority through Mammon. Will Satan
condemn Satan? Will the wealthy leaders in authority be concerned
more with what the poor people cry for, or with what their drinking
buddies of association and class ask for?

Desolation is now knocking at the door. Desperation will result from
the survival instinct. Deceit has been prevalent throughout the “dog

y p pe personal danger is to “get out from among
them” as the Bible says.

If your survival instinct has any foresight you will be getting into
action now.

~ As for my people, children are their oppressors, and women rule over
them. O my people, they which lead thee cause thee to err, and destro
the wi y paths. (Tsaiah, 3:12).

Could the juvenile delinquency of our days be more accurately

stated by the prophets? Are the children of today influenced to a
greater degree to form gangs, to murder old people, to wreck schools
and take narcotics than in generations gone by? No! There are not
greater nor more numerous influences working today than ever before.

The prime reason that the youngsters of today are more delinquent
than in past generations is because they cannot see any security in their
future. They see their parents both working in order to maintain a
decent standard of living. They see enforced military training for con-
tinuous warfare, as soon as they graduate from high school.

They read daily newspapers, which print a continuous exposé of
crooked political grafters, The young people are forced to accept work
in industry under a collusive segregation, of classifications that do not
recognize ability.

They go to church, to hear dogmatic poppy-cock that is not demon-
strated by the clergy, nor the congregation.

No! The children are not to blame. The blame is clearly pointed out
in Isaiah’s prophecy: “They which lead thee cause thee to err.” This
does not mean governments, or schools, or churches; it means the peo-
ple who operate these institutions. , ;
“Everyone knows by now. that it does not matter which of the two

political parties are in power, the program is invariably the same.

The youngsters are run through schools on a conveyor-belt-produc-
tion principle.

The churches — efficiently commercialized — place their trust in

shekels rather than in righteousness, confusing the religions for the
multitude.

143

The politicians “play ball” with the special interests using smooth
words for the public and hiding their well-greased hands in their
pockets.

Can the youth be blamed because they see all this hypocrisy, allow-
ing no security for their future? Not by a darn sight.

“And destroy the way of thy paths.” That sage Isaiah said a mouth-
ful way ahead of time.

The. governments being in the insurance business, the atomic energy
business, the shipping business and everybody else’s business — through
classified rules — permit the “special interests” to have all the advan-
tages.

Of course we need laws and regulations to conduct any government
sensibly, but one exposé after. another should indicate: by now that
many, in between the laws and the business end, are operating with the
knowledge of the red-tape system supporters in ‘government. ~

How do the juvenile minds react to these conditions? They read of
top people getting away with these rackets. They are squirted through
a mass-production schooling only to be grabbed by the army and
trained to kill.

It is the failure of past generations, viewed by these youngsters, that
has brought about their delinquency. The adults of today are also
responsible.

Isiah’s prophecies _are
6: , it is written: aid I, Lo;

activity is the onl that would
over generations of time.

Isaiah’s prophecy has been confirmed already by recent atomic tests
at Yucca Flats in Nevada. Isaiah said, in Chapter 3:24, “And it shall
come to instea sweet smell there shall be stink; and in-
stead of a girdle a rent; and instead of well set hair baldness; and in-
stead of a stomacher a girding of sackcloth; an mning instead of

eg ee Se
beauty.

144

Ask the people of Mesquite, Nevada, 110 miles East of Yucca Flats.

what radioactivity does at that distance. Many men and womoy he
at distance. Many men
lost every hair on their heads and bodies — baldness! ~ paring

was beautiful is now burned at Yucca Flats. 2 desert that

. Coleen for Pewee which is Jerusalem. Isaiah prophesied also
4 Wil *
bird flying so will the Lord of P e€ spacepe in Chapter 31:5,

; oY osts defend Jerusalem; defending also
pate ceiver it; and passing over he will reserve it” Eves ae ts
about what Isaiah prophesied for us who are ig Srourd

included everything. sss rything are living today. He

In Chapter 32:2, h id “ :
Gis Sad anc sre dor And a man shall be as a hidin lace from

from the tempest; as rivers of wate ieee
re as the shadow of a great roc aa Tand” of water in a a
© people of today are awakening. This is the time of great

changes; a master cycle, a major cycle and a minor cycle are culminat

ing at the same time. Are you aware of your part in this cosmic drama?

145

(Crarter SEVENTEEN
PURSUIT & PURPOSE

‘The Ministry of Universal Wisdom, Incorporated, is here to minister
unto others. Through its scientifie branch, The College of Universal
Wisdom, we are putting God’s eternal laws of magnetism, electricity,
and jons into practical application for the good of all humanity.

‘These natural laws provide all manner of comfort to do the work for
humankind today, We do not have a church building for people to

collect in to hear words, Our building is a machine to apply God's
scientific laws to alleviate the greatest scourge the human race faces —

and ta this project. =
tis operating, anather year or tsvo will be required for adust
mehis and testing. Let us all extend ourselves at this time ina drive to
prevent ageing in our youthful people, and charge our elderly people
with the energy of their younger years. eer

This isnot a dream. It is a method to a fuller, longer, energetic life
for everybody. Let one generation live to correct its own mistakes!
ile THE “INTEGRATRON”

This four story high, 55 foot in diamoter, dome shaped, electro-static
magnetic generator, is a people-sized follow-up on smaller bench re-
search. This giant machine incorporates two basic electro-magnetic
principles that have been used in science for many years. The only
differences in our application of these two principles, is that we apply
them simultaneously with a multiple wave in their operation.

‘The only new principle in this machine is that we control the reso-
nance, and polarity reversal interruptions, through a time function that
creates a ‘time zone.”

Where Georges Lakovsky created regeneration in the cell structure
of his subjects, asa side effect of his basic principle, we use his side
effect as our basic purpose. His subjects were required to spend up to
several weeks, about I5 minutes a day, in order to obtain results in the
emanation of his multiple wave oscillator. *

‘Through-our time function control, we can perform his side effect in
an instant. We will be creating, in. mon core flux.
‘The division in-these fields is where the “time zone

148

4 All selection of our test subjects, who are elderly people, who want

g fo trough the “Integration, will ba_controlled by. our Medical

Meng Avior brominent setred doctor has agreed to head this
ical Bos. for our test program, —

ed to handle up to 10¢
be guided throu;
Th

Ts.
ita second door.
machine was started in 1957, “fotegratron

since then we have been making tooling, tes, and

‘We depend entirely on public gifts to finance this beneficent project.
When it is fnished and operational, there will be
eerrean and operation: no charge for anyone

‘The “Integratron”
ur

.. The Bible says “death shall be the last thing to be overcome.” If this

is accomplished, someone has to do it. We are trying.

The building I have been instructed to build is a 21st Century ver-

siof of the Tabemadle that Moses constusted.

uch of the terminology for various parts of the building and the
apparatus therein are different today but their scientific functions are
the same.

Fortunately with modern technology and manufacturing methods
we do not have to make the parts of acacia wood and then cover them
with metallic foil. This method was used in Moses’ time because they
had no machiner to make metallic parts. Therefore they made the part
GF wood and covered it with met piving it the same conductive

quality electrically and the same polarity abilities magnetically.

Moses’ Tabernacle used the positive power principle of the Great

Pyramid of Gizeh, exactly the same princi ing in this
uilding. Pog?
Exodus 25:9 tells Moses how to make the instruments to operate the
apparatus,

“According to all that I shew thee, after the pattern of the tabernacle,
and the pattern of all the instruments thereof, even so shall ye make it.”

Today we would call Moses’ “rings” coils, “staves” condensers
“tenons” wires; although Moses’ “silver sockets” are still called sockets,
or outlets.

Moses surrounded his Tabernacle with skins and cloth curtains. Thus
it was all of non-metallic covering. We are doing the same, but with

plywood and fiberglass,
The apparatus they made for inside the Tabernacle was called an

“ark.” Our equipment will be th enerating an electro-static arc.
The dont Of our balldihe i descdiel in marie 95:11, “And thou
shalt overlay it with pure gold, within and without shalt thou overlay
e do not have to use gold leaf as we have the less expensive alum-
inum foil of today, which Moses didn’t have in his time. Can a Leyden
VOLSOD = ae

verse

Moses talked with the Lord who entered his Tabernacle, as ex-
plained by the Lord himself in Exodus 25:22. “And there I will meet
with thee, and I will commune with thee from above the mercy seat,

from between the two. cherubims which are upon the ark of the testi-
. TE TS ,

ein commandment unto the
children of Israel.” thats

The cherubims as described by Ezekiel had four faces (the same as
148

formerly on the Great Pyramid
ox. This has also been 7 ny ie f 7 ee a ns he oe ng
is h tian gods, The Sphinx

eagle symbolizin the

It is well kn
lass rod y is re elled by a

“And thou sh ,
twos = ae alt make forts sockets of silver under the twenty boards
, ard tor his two t
ee eetcaci LOTUS DTD oo Sockets under

nd they shall be coupled toget :
coupled together above the head of reer ee pen be

for them both; they shall be two corners,” (
d One ALE 0]

4 pith ball

ing: thus shall it be
Exodus 26:24),

And the Lord spake unto M.
is friend . , .” (Exodus 33:1] ae ie face, 98 8 man Speaketh unto

‘We all know the Tabernacle Moses made was portable. The fire seen

by night was the electro-static discharge corona, and the cloud by day
ws th min ese nea ang 2 amen
dense around the Tabernacle. The effect around our building will be
dent

“Took upon Zion, the city of our solemnities: thine eyes shall see
JerUSAlem a quiet habitation, a tabernacle that shall not be taken
‘own; not one of the stakes thereof shall ever be removed, neither shall
any of the cords thereof be broken.” (Isaiah 33:90).

Our building is a permanent structure.

“And a man shall be as a hiding place from the wind, and a covert
from the tempest, as rivers of water in a dry place, as the shadow of a
‘great rock in a weary land.” (Isaiah 32:2)

Can it be coincidence that the Bible says, “Make straight in the

hway for our God,” (Isaiah 40:3), and fi adi

My job is not to save the world. That job belongs to the coming One.
Lcame only to prepare an instrument much needed for the Earth’s
farire events, Our research is for the benefit of all humanity; Jews,

5 ‘people of the race of

Gentiles, Blacks, Whites, ete; in short all of th
Man.

‘There are literally thousands of photographs of U.F.O’s, What is
more phenomenal is the ability of the people in the spaceships to cause
our photographs to reveal, or hide, many things as a result of their ad-
vanced knowledge to cause refraction, reflection, bend light, diffuse
light, and control many things through rays and beams.

In this picture 1 am standing i bright sunlight which casts shadows
from the bushes, the sign beside me, and the dome in the background.
All of these shadows point to. the Northeast as the-Sum way in the
Southwest. Now observe the lighted areaCbefore me rd Poh ane on
the ground — brighter than the Sun on the ground in the rest of the

picture. This light is coming from, sad _and casts my shadow al-
Fest 00°0 fn ts char haloes he ee a

Giant Rack are straigl
to Giant Rock) was
‘Anew him. ne

‘The Author And “Time Machine.”
150

Where the Sun isha
~ You see the Biblical prophecy has nailed it down too. The interplane-

tary hosts will be the ones who finally clean up the mess, These are the
‘ones who have been responsible for the origin of every religion on the
Earth; the visitors, angels, or spacepeople — whatever you wish to call
them. God fulfills the destiny of planet rans. ra

151

CuapTer NINETEEN

SPACE ENERGIES & CONCEPT

God in His infinite Wisdom caused all of his creations to function by
perpetual motion. He maintains the balance of interchange by center-
ing each creation and insulating each one from all others.

When He created the “A” lines of light force, He gave to them
density — 1850 to a square centimeter. He gave them polarity (posi-
tive), gender (male, projective), motion — speed 186,000 miles per
second — and matter in form of charged particles. He added energy
(electromagnetic flux) and placed these creations throughout all space.

In opposition to the “A” lines of light He created the “B” lines of
light force. The “B” lines are composed of density — 1257 lines per
square centimeter. They cross between the “A” lines of force at 90
degrees, with motion at a speed of 202,000 miles per second. Their
polarity is negative. Their gender is female, receptive.

Between the “breathing” of these two primary forces, He created
rhythm. This brings about a “wave motion” which consolidates the in-
dividual lines into “bands.” When “A” works inward, “B” works forward
and when “A” works outward, “B” works backward. Rhythm, which
establishes the “bands, levels, and density changes,” is operated by
strain or desire. Strain is the time between the “flight” of the female,
negative lines of force and “the pursuit” of the male positive lines of
force. When they encounter an object-cteation (planet) that was
“born” before by other “A” and “B” lines of light, they add to its rota-
tion by spiral induction and partial penetration.

The “B” negative lines are attracted to the positive core but are re-

pelled by the “G” light insulation strata. Having penetrated the nega-
tive crust, they are repelled by it and take the “line of least resistance,”
out of the North Pole. By induction they attracted the positive core to
rotate in one direction and in being repelled helped the negative crust
to rotate in the opposite direction. The “A” positive lines of force work
opposite and are emitted at the South Pole. As they emit from the poles
they are met by the “G” lines of light and bent to their original course.
The resistance in bending causes aurora borealis.
KS they have reduced their charge and spesd in adding power to the
planet, they enter different levels as they emerge from the poles. Then
the “G” lines of light, crossing between them and insulating them,
bring them back through “rest” and “rhythmic breathing” to their
original speed.

The “A” lines of force have more density and less speed than the

152

“B” lines of force. The “B” lines have more speed and less density. This
is the reason why the “A” positive lines of force, charged with matter,
become the proton core of the earth. The faster “B” charged matter be-
comes the crust of our planet. This strain or desire is the eternal pro-
gressive spirit in all things: atoms, planets, people, solar systems, etc.,
that manifests action. Man refers to the pure strain of blood in breeding
animals, yet he does not include himself in the proven process.

Strain in people is desire. When the desire exceeds the limits of capa-
city, the Father's a — the or “B” lines of force —
ring about an opposite result, The “G,” “A” and “B” lines are the

(Us Preferred to in the Bible (Gen. 1:26) when God said, “Le ake
man. If man gets enough science of God, his health and religion will

be living proof of his creative ability of life, not by destruction for
death.

The terms which science has named “dimensions” are really densities.
The first density is Life; Causation; God; Father; Intelligence; Still-

ness; the all-pervading Light, called by us, “the G lines of light;” End-
less Length (Ethe).

The second density includes Life and Motion; Gender; Polarity;
physical bodies; animal life, birds, etc.; all forms of life in motion; “A”
and “B” lines of force; Action by Instinct; Breadth (Bred-Ethe).
The third density consists of Life; Motion and Consciousness; Man;
, Sélf-recognition; the stage of ability to advance through self ¢ ort; In-

dividual control of mind; Potential Cissy Intelligent form composi-
tions of life and motion cdnsolidated trom patterns of atomic structure.
An expanded state of life forms in motion through conscious control.
Thickness (Thinkness).
The fourth density comprises of Emer e; the sum of the first three

dénsities: Life; Motion; Consciousness; Understanding; the progressive
state of be-ing where all people understand each other and God.

Thought transference, being the means of -

poable formar te “hilo Wehing leas” Men ge oe e words.” Man must demonstrate

right thinking by right living, or be insulated from those who do so.

Christhood. The ability to create instead of destroy.

~The Tast mentioned density is the level of ae beings who are flying

the spacecraft in our_atmosphere. As our solar system is progressin
to their density-area of spa are here t t our conditions,

They cannot accept “rotten apples” in their space “barrel.” That is wh
e Bible says, “One s e taken and one s e left.” They wil
only accept the ripe consciousness-developed fruit of mankind.
“G” light force is the primary cause, Intelligence of The Creator. “A”
and™“B” light force is secondary energy in motion. _ =
ge ee ee ee

153

ive lin i rgy cause all

The positive and negative lines of primary light energy cause al

motion, Humans, atoms, suns, planets and galaxies are all powered by
same forces. . -

Genet ween ena Fence inantly negative pol-

arity, Its rotation and orbit are the result of attraction and repulsion to

the lines of primary light energy. ne

Material ert te Rati ia a ron of Abo Regis hee
ruption of the lines of primary light energy. Electricity is the result of
the Earth’s magnetism by a generator.

———
ot iy WW

Gili of rth Tm Orbe
Around S es * Brush a
eA iceS Sees

Veswed From Northern Hemisphere

Rotation Principle Of The Earth
154

As magnetism is the result of energy in motion, it can only effect a
resultant energy by another motion interrupting it. Thus we tur an
armature in a magnetic field to make electricity,

As the lines of primary light energy are in motion, any body that
interrupts them will move according to its capacity and polarity charge.

Electricity is the second by-product of primary light energy; Mag.
netism is the first. Neither can exist without the other because they are
both part of each other — like people.

In the drawing we show only the positively charged core of the
Earth, the negative crust, and the atmosphere in order to present the
principle. Actually these charged strata and insulating layers extend to
where they are smoothly repelled by strata around Mars and Venus.

The drawing is inade with the Sun shining in the center of the Active
Quarter from a 45 degree angle. The Sun is the alternator that changes
polarity predominance from one hemisphere to the other every six
months,

‘The circles enclosing the “A” and “R” indicate the direction of the
attracting and repelling forces. The Negative Primary Light attracts
the positive core in the Negative Quarter and repells the negative erust.
The opposite is true in the Positive Quarter. These two attracting and
repelling “brushes” are changing position continuously as the Earth
orbits,

The atmosphere is actually a part of the crust and is of the same
polarity. It acts asa bearing for the crust to tum in. The atmosphere
and oceans are affected by the helical vortice set up in each hemis-
phere in opposite directions. This is caused by the depleted lines of
primary light giving their energy to motion of the planet. As they are
depleted they try to reach rest, like people, so they head for the point
of least motion; which is at the poles. Naturally the polarity socks
opposite polarity.

A compass needle does not point to the north magnetie pole because
it is attracted to it by an opposite polarity. Its negative charged end is
only pressed into position parallel to the lines of light force going by it.
The intelligence, in the molecular arrangement of its negative charge,
wants to go with the other positively charged light lines in motion
around it,

For the same reason the negative Earth, or other planets, were never
part of the positive Sun, The planets being of opposite polarity could
be attracted to it but never thrown off from it.

The Suns Insulation Stratum prevents the positive polarity of the
Sun from attracting the Negative Earth into it.

155

Light is transmitted into energy by penetration into matter that in-
tervupts it. The matter then effects motion,

Matter then re-produces the energy effect in reflection. When the
reflection loses its energy it is then absorbed into the light.

‘A negative vortex of light energy produces decelerating effects in
negative matter,

‘A positive vortex of light energy produces accelerating effects in
negative matter,

The reason the negative light energy spirals to the North Pole
through the Northern Hemisphere, is because it is trying to reach rest-
through arriving at the point of least motion.

All negative planets are spherical manifestations of light energy in
matter, going through the evolution of becoming positive cubes of
matter in space.

‘All negative planets are of terrene structure. A planet of contra-ter-
rene structure is a Sun, All Suns are cubes. The illusion of the Sun as a
ball of fire is because we only observe the negative force field around
it lighted by the resistance it sets up to the lines of primary light
energy. We see the suxface of negative planets because we cannot see
their positive force fields,

Every planet in the universe moves in curved lines of travel. This is
not because they were thrown off by a Sun, or central body. If they
were, they would not orbit. Anything thrown off of a rotating object
will travel in a straight line outward, though it may fall because of
gravity on the Earth. The reason planets, or electrons orbit around a
central body is — they are powered by light-energy.

‘Once again, get this straight in your mind — positive or negative
light-energy cannot be seen by physical vision. They are both invisible
unless they encounter resistance in opposition. They extend infinitely
throughout all space and penetrate all bodies in ratio to their densities.

Space outside of the Earth's atmosphere is blacker than the blackest
ink. Only the brightest stars can be seen.

In the drawing of our central Sun and the Earth in its cyclic orbit is
the explanation of the only way to square the circle.

Light-energy squares the orbit of everybody that travels in it. Light-
energy powers everything that manifests motion whether directly, or
indirectly.

Pictured in the drawing is what has often been termed “the four dark
comers.” The Positive Quarter, or Spring Season of the Earth's orbit,
is only predominantly positive relative to the Earth's passing through
it, At all other times when light-energy is not interrupted by a body,
or planet, the negative or female lines of force predominate. The old

156

2 Se
py ‘cai
x S Rel
os Ag

Sig
= Misha
peter cae
“alien
ae a
ele we
Sgt
2X
= @*
=
Dice Fem Mra Henge

Orbit Principle Of The Earth

axiom “women first” is applicable throughout the universe, The Active
or Summer Cyclo is the hottest in any form of life or motion. The Nega-
tive or Autumn Period is always a result of the Active Cycle. The Win-
ter Season or Rest Period is evident in plants, people or planets. They
@e all trying to reach a point where they can quit the repetition of
Boing around in the same old groove.”

As the Sun crosses the Earth’s Equator on March 21, it effects a
Positively charged cyclic predominance in the negative northern hemis-

157

In the arc, from March 21 to September 23, the Sun tries to attract
the Earth to it. This causes the negatively charged Earth to describe
the arc of its orbit from March 21 to June 21. This is noted in the
drawing as the Positive Quarter. The reason the Earth proceeds toward
the negative lines of light-energy in the Positive Quarter is because the
negative lines of light-energy have been weakened from passing
through the Sun’s force field, or positively charged vortex.

The positive lines of light-energy are repelling the Earth inward to
the Sun and the Sun is attracting it inward because the negative north-
ern hemisphere is predominant to the Sun, while the positive southern
hemisphere is predominant to the positive line of light-energy.

As the Earth moves from June 21 to September 23 through the arc of
its orbit, it starts in the downward direction of its eliptical arc (see the
drawing). This is called the Active Quarter. These conditions are being
viewpointed from the northern hemisphere in this explanation. In the
southern hemisphere the Active and Rest Quarters would be opposite
from those shown in the drawing.

As the negatively charged Earth follows its path, in the Active
Quarter, it is attracted by the positive Sun on the negative northern
hemisphere and by the negative lines of light-energy which are acting
on the positive southern hemisphere. The positive lines of light-energy
are repelling on the positively predominant southern hemisphere.

The Active Quarter is Summer, our hottest season of the year. This
heat is caused by the increase in resistance, set up gradually by the
Sun, extending its path on the Earth laterally to its northernmost ex-
treme. In the daytime it is hotter because the Sun is farther into the
negative northern hemisphere, thereby setting up more resistance in
our negatively charged atmosphere and the negatively charged crust
of the negative hemisphere. At the midway point between June 21 and
September 23, the Earth also reaches its maximum exposure to the
resistance of both, the positive and negative lines of light-energy. This
increase in resistance — from all three forces at the same time — gen-
erates more heat.

As the Earth proceeds in its path from September 23 to December
21, the days become shorter as the Sun starts changing from the
Equator into the positively charged southern hemisphere.

The positive Sun-effect on a positive hemisphere repels the planet.
The negatively charged light-lines of energy predominate and repel
the planet from their direction of travel causing it to arc through its
orbit to December 21.

From December 21 to March 21 the negative predominance of the
light-lines of energy are again decreasing and at Z, in the Rest Quarter

158

all forces reach balance for an instant. At Z, in the Rest Quarter the
field or vortex of the Sun decrease both the positive and negative lines
of light-energy. The Sun has reached a half-way point between the
Equator and its southernmost lateral extreme. Then the positive lines
of light-energy begin to attract the negatively charged planet and the
increasing predominance of the negatively charged northern hemis-
phere. The Sun begins to attract the increasing negative predominance
of the planet and the negative lines of light-energy begin to repel the
increasing negative predominance of the northern hemisphere.

The Sun and all of the planets are moving through space in the 45°
direction, indicated by the arrow in the Rest Quarter of the drawing.
Everything in the universe is trying to reach balance by traveling in
the Rest Quarter direction.

The fact that the Earth has more land-mass in the northern hemis-
phere than in the southern hemisphere is the reason for the Earth’s
orbit being slightly elliptical. Land sets up more polarity-action than
water. The Sun acts upon the predominance of the polarity of the
hemisphere presented to it by the equinox alternation.

At the March 21 and September 23, both the northern hemisphere
and the southern hemisphere are each attracted and repelled equally
and oppositely for an instant by the Sun.

The Sun reaches its maximum attraction on the Earth on June 21 and
repels at its maximum on December 21.

The light-lines of positive and negative energy act upon the Earth as
an alternating negatively charged body. The Sun acts upon the oppo-
sitely polarized hemispheres as they are presented to it in seasons, or
cycles.

The relative increase or decrease in polarity action varies continuous-
ly, depending upon the tilt of the Earth, the resistance of the Sun’s
force-field and effects of the quarter cycles upon each succeeding cycle.

Teople have less resistace, ti diese Sa ee at_that
quarter of the orbit the life Tight-lines of energy are both reduced due
to passing through the rotating vortex of the Sun’s force-field.
“Fhe priitive sttracting and repelling powers of the Sun and the
positive and negative lines of light-energy reach a balance of their
forces at a zero point of circumference throughout the Earth’s orbit.

This zero circumference circle is the path the Earth travels in its
orbit.

Any predominance change of polarity in the Earth’s atmosphere or
the surface crust will result in climatic changes. This is how positively
charged particles from hydrogen bombs have caused weather changes
and extremes throughout the world.

159

The wheel-of-life principle functions the same in powering all motion — > § £

Uuroughout the universe. i a
“The Sun does not emit light(of itself, The Sun transmits positively ny ee
polarized secondary force which reacts upon the Earth because of its i an “oN ied
, Oppamite negative polarity j eo Merc
"The Moon is one of the bodies acting as a governor to the Earth, The

/ Barth's tides are a “uid drive” connection between the motor-gener-

\. ator-battery Earth, and the governor Moon.

~" Gravity of the Moon has no effect upon the Earth. The only effect |
of the Moon upon the Earth is by polarity action on the Earth's force-

\, field and by interruption of the light lines of force. |

‘The Earth is smrounded by a self-generated force-field. Nothing }
inside of the Harth’s force-field is affected by anything outside of it,
except through the attracting or repelling effects of polarity in the lines
of light energy or the Sun,

Gravity within the force-field, generated by any body, is not subject
to the action of any body outside that force-field; unless the body out-
side of the force-field is of opposite polarity.

‘The Moon and the Earth are both of negative polarity — as are all L,
humans in their physical substance and all bodies that can be seen by
reflected light. |

All negative bodies generate a positive force-field and all positively
charged bodies generate a negative force-field

‘Temperature is the result of light forces in opposition, Magnetism is
an effect of primary light energy in opposition, produced as a result of
interruption by any body. Electricity is an effect of magnetism in
polarity opposition. Heat is an effect of electricity in opposition. Con-

traction and expansion aro opposite effects of heat, or the lack of it. Brey = “Pare
Every effect is the cause of another effect. eee a a
ag ISR Tis Sai RLS around the Zz ‘weed Fron Ber Nort. Ble
Earth, “y =
‘The small arrows, shown on the Moon, indicate the direction of Orbit Prineiple Of The Moon
forces set up by polarity affecting the Moon, The A arrows represent a
attraction forces and the R arrows stand for repelling forces. At all natural magnetic vortices — on the Earth — °
‘times these forces are changing their predominance until the zero point for an interval of time, or rotate in the ease Seaea
of curvature is reached, which establishes the Moon's orbit around the ‘The secondary light rays from the positive Sun and the positive lin
Earth. The Moon’s orbit speed is fixed according to its charge of nega- of light energy warm the morning cycle from 6 A.M. to 12 Noon This
tive polar cours by the attractive, resistance heat effect in our negative stmex.
Everything on the Earth is affected hy the Moon's interruption of the phere and the crust of the Earth, The force-field does not decrease
positive and negative lines of light energy. Though this effect is vari- these polarity effects because their polarities are both positive, there,
able it is apparent in tides, crops and people. At points where: the fore they offer no resistance to cach other. ba ieaaa
Moar interties the’ positives = soe negitther= ines a6: Mebeccecay ‘The heat registered during the hottest part of the day is the Active

160 | 161

Quarter from 12 Noon to 6 P.M. Higher temperatures are registered in
this quarter because the Sun and positive lines of light-energy are set-
ting up attraction resistance within our atmosphere and the negative
lines of light-energy are setting up repelling resistance. Two forces are
working in attraction to the force of the Earth’s polarity and one force
is working in opposition to it. The negative lines of force also meet
resistance of the positive force-field, which acts as a parabolic reflector.

From 6 P.M. to Midnight cast the Negative Quarter. Both the posi-
tive lines of light-energy and the Sun’s attractive forces are eliminated
and the negative lines of light-energy maintain only the heat of resis-
tance by rep sion ane forces of the Active Quarter fade away and the
negative physical bodies of péople become tired and sleepy during the-
Negative Quarter.

“Opposite polarities can only create activity corresponding to the
charge of the minimum charged polarity. A negative body requires
positive polarity opposition or it is void. Try running your car with only
one post of the battery connected. Nothing happens — yet the battery
can be fully charged.

In the Rest Quarter, from Midnight to 6 A.M., the Sun’s positive
force, the positive lines of light energy and the negative lines of light
energy set up no resistance of attractive or repelling forces. So the
atmosphere and crust cool off in the coldest quarter of the cycle, be-

.cause the surface is shielded from the three forces by the planet.

For the same reason more people die from “natural causes” in the
Rest Quarter, than in the other three quarters combined. This is be-
cause their “physical resistance is low.” In other words, none of the
three life forces of light are active in the physical body during the Rest
Quarter. That is what rest is — the lack of polarity opposition forces.
Everything is meant to rest in the Rest Quarter and all of nature does
it, except in cases where the positive polarity is predominant.

2 People of a predominant negati arity cannot stand to work on a
graveyard shift.” en Pare ar predominant positive salary are often
oes sw Because their Active Quarter and Rest Quarter reactions ere
opposite and they want to sleep im the daytime.
“ It has been mamtained by science that the Moon attracts the tides.
oy is not so any more than the profession that heat comes from the

un.

Forces exerted to create balanced effects are always strongest at the
point of greatest resistance.

The negatively charged Moon is attracted to the maximum peris-
phere of the Earth’s positively charged force-field. The Earth’s force-
field is divided between the force-field and the crust of the Earth by

162

a ring around the Earth at the equator line. The ring is called the “arch
Sf the Hanatuent by tha soscopeopieand separates what they call “the
divisions of Equa.” Now recognized by science as The Van Allen
Radiation Belt. a

—The polarity predominance alternates between the northern and
southern hemispheres of the Earth and causes the force-field to oscil-
late. The erratic orbit path of the Moon follows the oscillations of the
Earth’s force-field. The Earth’s positive force-field rotates opposite to
the Earth and the Moon’s orbit. Interruptions of the light lines of force
by other bodies or planets causes variable effects on the Earth and its
reactions are transmitted to its self-generated force-field. These influ-
ences cause the oscillations to vary and hence the Moon’s orbit is
variable.

The Earth’s force-field causes the attraction of the tides as it is of
opposite polarity to the water. The fact that it is strongest at the point
of most resistance, where the Moon is, explains the reason that science
professes that the Moon attracts the water causing the tides. A negative
Moon cannot attract a negative body of water, it would repel the water
and in that case the tides would be lowest on the Earth, on the side

‘toward the Moon.

The cyclic interruption of the Moon between the positive and nega-
tive light lines of energy, and the Earth, is what causes diurnal in-
equalities in the four tides of a day and the age of the tide. Water
being a fluid accounts for the equal effect on the opposite side of the
Earth. The fact that the force-field is rotating in the opposite direction
to the Earth — and is strongest at a point between the greatest resis-
tance of attraction — by both the Earth and the Moon, is what causes
the “tides to lag;” which has never been explained satisfactorily by
science.

There is no difference in principle between the spacecraft that are
being sighted in our atmosphere and the Earth — except the people
that operate the spaceships are qualified to use primary light energy,
because they conform to the laws of its constructive principles. The
people of Earth have no control over the craft they are traveling on
through space. The egotistic minority, that have for generations de-
veloped monsterous means of destruction, have prevented the con-
structive evolvement of the science of true intelligence.

As you travel through the maze of life light lines you often encounter
resistance, set up by those who think they are going in the right direc-
tion and that you should conform to their direction of travel.

Each was given the individual right to choose their direction.

163

ve rogressive spiral into finer frequencies of light. As these positive and negative lines of energy pass through your body,
/ This maintains balance between the positive and negative lines of they activate every atom and cell of your physical makeup.

/ ‘light energy. If their approach to this planet, out of space, is interrupted by one
! of the other planets, as they are, then you individually are affected by
the influence from the other planets.

Our science says the Moon causes our tides, yet in the same breath
they contend that the Moon has no effect on crops, people, or other
conditions — that this is superstition. The human body is over two-
thirds water. Is it superstition to assume that if the influence of the
Moon moves thousands of millions of tons of water in the oceans, that

The destructive forces try to lead you to the left where you will in-
volve in death or disintegration.

The constructive forces try to lead you into the cycles of birth and
rebirth of evolution.

Your consciousness is osed of the same number of atoms as the
numbér of experiences you have had since your Creatio: mMdtvi
dual,

eri i i sciousness. It is the eternal_record the hundred pounds of a person is not affected?
of your knowing. These constant contradictions of science are the results of scientists

Education and learning are recorded in the brain and can only be
used in this mortal grade of life. When the brain is buried with the
body, all the learning and intellectual education ends unless it has been
applied through experience.

expressing opinions, while under the influence of these forces, Every-
thing has some effect on everything else in the Universe.
As you move throughout your active day, in an upright position, you
are moving in and out of many lines of force. All of them are charged
To reach the true intelligence of your many experiences and per- with influences, not only of other planets but from other people, various
manent knowledge requires going within; through meditation you can metal objects, electronic devices and atmospheric conditions. You feel

become aware of your consciousness and unseen intelligence you _ac- these influences and you may wonder how the day, or year, went so
‘umula : | fast. At another time the hours may drag. These time changes are the
ere is only one life principle, it can only be understood by those results of some influence acting upon you.

who are interested in the true science of their be-ing. As you go through your daily activity you move through literally

Scientifically the correct course is at 45° to the lines of light and in a and separates you, each from all other people, with a boundary of skin.

Mundane mortal science and religions are each divided from the millions of different lines of A+ and B— forces. If you work hard or
other and split many times within their divisions. run you become heated and tired. This is the result of an increase in
Humans can only achieve to at-one-ment through unity; by putting the number of charged lines of force you have interrupted.
things together instead of taking things apart. As the electro-chemical action increases in the body, through various
The old accurate science of astrology is almost lost in the muddle of attitudes caused by turning, bending and motions of the limbs, heat is
our confused race, who consider it a means of fortune telling. The generated because of constant changes of the “angle of attack” from
correct astrological bearing on every person is a study of these in- the lines of force.
fluences in relation to time. When you sit down to rest for a few minutes, this permits the body
As our solar system moves through space, its progression is into an to absorb the energy from the A+ and B— lines of force issuing forth
ever increasing frequency of vibrations. Each solar system and every from the same unchanging direction. Then the atom-cell structure of
planet must evolve through grades, even as people learn to crawl the body cools off because it reaches balance. This idling condition of
before they walk. the body-motor is brought about by the fact that each atom is receiving
This space train of planets, following the helical track laid down bv steady motion by the same lines of force.
our Sun, is like any other train you may ride; the people can only get on It is more important : biects, Coi ings +
and off at the stations. While you are on this planet-car — the Earth — afe especially detrimental to complete rest, Metal. conductors ot a Pie
you must conform to its characteristics. However you are also affected . €nsities set up vortices that cause a circular motion within the straight
by the rest of the train, the locomotive-Sun and the other planet-cars. lines of force. This is parallel to body activity, so instead _of resting,
The A+ and B— lines of force pass through your body at 90° to your body is working while you sleep.
each other. The “G” line of Infinite Light centers your consciousness OTS oath astrological condition affects you individually from birth,

164 165

The Lines Of Force And People

according to your time, so too does everything you do affect other peo-
ple in many ways you may never know about.

You are affected by each destructive atomic blast, as is the weather,
the Earth’s crust and various other stations of life levels around the

166

Earth and on other planets. The denials of authority in this regard do
not cancel the Laws of Cause and Effect.

Your body is an instrument to manifest the Creator’s actions. It regis-
ters many influences that ignorance refuses to recognize. The One
Creator is the only Authority. You are the only one who can read the
reactions of your body instrument to the influence of other actions.

Time is only understood by each conscious intelligent unit from its
established point of location in motion.

Time cannot be measured, only the repetition of motions manifested
as beginnings and endings can be measured.

Each point of beginning and ending are only relative to the under-
standing of the individual establishing their point of view.

The point of begin and end is established by one individual, so as to
bring another individual to the same point of understanding.

Life, time and@Bes j i
intelligence alone.

ng are the trinity of infinity, understandable to

ese three are non-existent o hen intelligence

° . aa a el
: een excluded by ignorance in the individual.
é, time and Be-ing can only exist in space, which is also infinite,

Space is solution, composed of life, time, Be-ing, and intelligence.
None of these can be measured in the absolute. They can only enter
measurable dimensions when individuals establish points from which
to measure.

Length, height, and width; these are only other measurements by
which individuals can understand points from which relative measure-
ments are started and ended.

An inch, a foot, or a yard, are not understood by people who use
some other devised means of measurement. A relative difference be-
tween the measurements must be charted in order to understand the
difference between their system and ours.

Measurements can only be achieved in and by motions. No day, or
night, could be measured without the motion of the earth revolving.
No seasons, or years, would exist if the earth didn’t orbit around the
sun.

The life span of people on the earth is only arrived at by the mea-
surement of people’s time on earth relative to past measurements.

Belief (the illusion of reality) makes people accept the established
record of the life spans of other people who have lived before them,
as a measure by which they should live and then die.

The establishment of these points of beginning and end of life are
only manifest in matter which has little or no intelligence.

t manifest motion without energy. Energy is the motion

of thought manifested through matter. Intelligence which has -
167

tion can only manifest th rough thought, which causes motion to- be

manifest in matter by thought force.

In symbology the Creator is expressed by a ©. This signifies the
circumference encompassing everything. The circle is an endless line
signifying infinity with no beginning and no end.

Life is an essence of the infinite solution we call space. You are
living in an endless ocean of life, as are the atoms, planets, and Suns.
You could not manifest life, if life were not where you are. Since life
manifests everywhere in infinity, you cannot end life, or begin life.
You can only establish a point in the endless circle where you began
the cycle of manifesting matter in life.

Motion can be symbolized in the endless circle by the sign of an
arrow 4. An arrow has always signified “the way to go.” All matter
manifesting life in balanced motion moves in an arc. All matter mani-
festing life in unbalance, or un-natural principles, is symbolized by an
angle

The largest portion of you is space, whether it be the space in the
atoms, cells, or tissue composing the matter of your physical body; or
the space your limited body as a unit occupies.

Your intelligence is established by the limits of your individual con-
cepts. Everyone uses the One Mind. Your limit is only a measurement
of your ability to penetrate and absorb to the full capacity of the
Infinite Intelligence.

Your life span here is only limited to the extent that you can accept
matter in form, manifesting life.

Time is variable in your concept of it. One day seems longer, or
shorter, than another day.

You are an assembly of other forms of individual manifested life.
You are a form enclosing various compositions of atomic, molecular,
crystalline, and cellular structure. In turn you are a small individual
part of a living planet, solar system, and galaxy.

ange is the result of motion. Time is measurable only in cycles of
repetition. Unless you can break out_of your groove, you can onl
again. oe

When you use the Supreme Intelligence to set your course, only
then are you master of your destiny. en are you going with the
natural currents of creation.

Every thought sets up motion. Every motion causes an effect. Your -

manifestation of matter in motion is the reflection of your true concept,
and understanding, of Infinity.

168

{~
CHAPTER TWENTY
VERIFICATION ‘& DATA
Verification of past data.

oh a beam that reg :

the brain. The brain receives the words exactly as if words were bein

spoken externally to the ear. The message was recorded in our data
oken externally to the ear. _

book,

On July 19, 1952, three months later, a message through the beam
instructed Van Tassel to send the Apri information to the Air
orce. It was mailed the same day by registered mail, with a return

ith other data.

receipt request

~ e return receipt was mailed back from March Air Force Base on

July 23, 1952, at 08.50. It was si ned Air Technical Intelligence Com.,

by Junior Enches — Mail Clerk. The odd part about the return receipt

was the “Buy Defense Bonds cancellation stamp_also_ said, “In The
irit of Paul Revere.”

This seemed kind of strange, since Paul Revere
warned the people the British were coming, and Va sel was warn-
ing the orce that i buzz the Nation's
Capitol.

“On July 27, 1952, the newspapers across the country had large double
headlines. The one i s Angeles read, “Air Force Jets Chase ‘Objects
Over Capitol.”

This incident, which v Van Tassel’s warning, occurred for sev-
eral nights over Washington, D.C., and was verifie radar from the

control tower and through airline pilots observations. Radar showed
“they were “solids” and there were formations of from 4 to 12 of the
“objects.” The newspaper reports also stated the “objects” eluded
“speedy Air Force jets which tried to intercept them.

OS ooy oF the Tetler to the Air Force was aiso addressed to Ted

Owens of the Los Angeles Mi
“Verification of other data had given Van Tassel the courage it took
to inform his government someone from space was going to buzz them.
it hadn't happened, publicity would have ridiculed him. Because it
a occur, Van Tassel received no publicity. The Air Force didn’t even

169

|
answer _the letter. It became a clased incident when it was verifiable
proof of communication of axl interplanetary nature.

On August 9, ae Van Tassel sent a letter to Mrs. Dwight D. Eisen-
July 19, 1952. (Both letters were sign ed by secretary Mrs. C. H. Severt-
Tord her ht her husband was gong to Be the next Praident of the
> ¢ nite is_was months before the election. Mrs. Eisenhower

tates

‘was asked to show the letter to her husband_We know she did this
becauis the reply came from Arthur FE. Vandenberg, who was thea from Arthur H. Vandenberg, who was then the
~ secretary of General Eisenhower. The letter was mailed from the
Drown Fels Hotel, Denver 2, Colorado. andi dated Auzwt 191552
an Tassel also said “Kennedy would defeat Nixon by a close mar-
gin” in a radio broadcast from “The Pump Room” in a hotel in Chicago

eS Tas posi.
“Dozens of other verifiable incidents over the years, with many wit-
nesses, have established Van Tassel as an authority of not only what is

happening, but what is going to happen.
Since this concl ili ars of the “Proceedings,”

I want to add a few of the most important articles written in the last
four years.

170

(ARTICLES SINCE 1973)
- HELP GOD MAKE YOU WELL

The story of creation tells how God created all things in six periods
of time, and then rested. In no record of the creation is there any ref-
erence to God coming out of the rest, and creating anything again.

Since mind is the source of all things, we know God is an infinite
essence of perfect intelligence at rest, or everywhere through space and
time in a static state.

Knowing that you are encompassed in this mind of God, that this
pure essence of life permeates every atom of your being, and that you
are physically manifesting God here, will give you the ability to use
God,

God loves to be needed, loves recognition, loves to respond to those
who are involved in conditions that require help.

God being at rest, neutral, in a static state, needs to be activated in
order to respond to mans many requirements. God responds in many
ways in times of crisis, like giving a man the super-human strength to
lift a wrecked car off of another person.

Since God ended the creation, and gave man “dominion over all
things,” and the right of free choice, you are in a position to command
and select to improve, or maintain, your dominion. God doesn’t like
beggers who come crying for help, only turning to God when they hurt,
as if God was a first-aid kit.

When your health is impaired, or injury afflicts you, most people in
their suffering try to reach God for help by praying to someone “up
there.”

Expand your concept of God being here, and up there, and every-
where, throughout the infinite universe. Then grasp the fact that you
are a creation of God, and when you hurt, God hurts where you are.

Every gene, chromosome, molecule, and cell, in your body performs
its electro-biochemical function here in order, coordination, coopera-
tion, and effect, without voluntary thought on your part.

Every cell in your body, 100,000,000,000,000 of them in one human
body, knows their function and purpose, because God is where they
are. In essence God’s mind knows all things, so the cells know what
they were created to do, and use that portion of mind they occupy. To
us, the cells work involuntarily on our part, but to God they are follow-
ing the instructions of their purpose in creation.

Every one of your body cells are individuals, like people are indivi-
duals. Didn’t God give you dominion over all things? Those cells are

171

you. They feel every thought you have. They enjoy your happiness.
They suffer when you hurt.

Those poor combinations of cells that compose your physical body,
were not given dominion over anything. They can only perform within
the limits of the functions God created them for. Each one, in differ-
ent octaves of resonance, works with others in the same octave to be a
heart, a kidney, artery structure, and all parts of the body. In this
symphony of octaves, they perform in being the organ, or gland, their
vibration is in God.

They get tired, they fail under demands in excess of their limits, and
their only rest is in absorbing that rest of God’s mind they are in. They
each want to live as much as people do.

Cells being in the infinity of mind, like to be praised, and loved, and
respected the same as people do. You are on this world, the earth.
Their world is in you. Each cell is composed of galaxies of atoms, and
solar systems of molecules, like the universe on a micro scale. You are
a universe of universes in an infinite universe of planets, solar systems,
and galaxies. You are a cell in God, on a planet.

God made you as an eternal electro-magnetic entity to assimilate
these combinations of cells here, because the environment on the earth
requires a physical body for you to manifest here. Each person is a
center of activity in the static mind of God where you are.

God is the still resting fulcrum, the balance point in mind between
the two choices he gave to man. Everything throughout the universe
moves in order, by fixed laws, in the essence of the perfect mind of
God.

In your body of cells, like people, they like a thought of thanks, a
“pat on the back” so to speak, for their endless effort to keep your
physical body going. How many people ever express their appreciation
to this vast civilization of cells they are composed of?

Cells can only assimilate that atomic structure which is within their
frequency limits. Anything in excess, or foreign to their frequency is
injurious. In this respect they are like a human stomach. That portion
of infinite mind cells occupy, established their resonance and that is all
they can be.

Brains are a bipolar gland of receptive and projective abilities in the
volume of mind they occupy. Brains are an octave of cells that can only
be brains.

When a person thinks, they only activate the brain to receive that
thought, out of the infinite mind of God that knows everything. The
brain can only remember those things a person programs into it
through education and experience. In meditation one tries to clear the

172

stored information and bring the brain into the neutrality of its bipolar
ability of free choice.

The better one can meditate to the balance point, or a state of blank
mind, the nearer one gets to God and assimilates from this perfect
mind. One is only capable of extracting from this perfect mind of God,
those things which the brain limits of concept can receive. Periodic,
frequent practice enhances these concept boundaries. Meditation is
the purest state of rest that your brain cells can get.

The most intellectual materialist can be a spiritual idiot. Spiritual
dominion over all things requires desire and effort. God doesn’t let you
use God’s infinite mind beyond the rights God gave you; neither will
God permit mind to be used to uncreate the original creations, without
God’s fixed laws bringing about reciprocation to the act.

If you are sick, or hurt, in some part of your body, focus your
thoughts on that area. Then think to the cell structure, thank those
‘cells, compliment them, apologize to them for not realizing they were
intelligent. Get them to be friendly. like you get people to be friends.
Then communicate your request that they get in harmony and reso-
nance and correct what is wrong in their area. Think to them period-
ically. Recognize their community level of life which makes up you.
Tell them they are in discord with that portion of perfect mind they
occupy. Tell them to get on the ball, because if you die, they all die
too. Give them credit for the intelligence of being what they are. Brag
them up. They will respond if you have stopped the excess, or condi-
tion that made them sick.

Broken bones have been grown back together in minutes by people
who understand their dominion over the society of self. This also can
be used for others by picturing in mind what they look like and where
they are. .

’ When God gave man the right of free choice, God expected man to
use it. When God rested, God expected man to awaken God when need
required it.

Get on the ball! Love yourself! Laugh! Do all things in moderation.
Be happy. The civilization of cells which compose you will respond if
you treat them like they are somebody, which you are. God is bored
with rest. Use God.

173

THE INTEGRATRON

Since a number of our readers, and friends, have expressed a desire
to know how the “Integratron” operates I am writing this article to try
to explain it’s purpose and function.

The purpose of the “Integratron” is to recharge energy into living cell
structure, to bring about longer life with youthful energy. This has
been the goal of many people, since Ponce De Leon started looking for
the “fountain of youth.”

Our effort here, in this giant machine, is not the first idea of it’s kind.
It is the first time that other research efforts have been brought to-
gether and applied simultaneously.

The work of Georges Lakhovsky, Dr. George Crile, Barnothy, Oneil,
Tesla, Smith, and many others, is being combined, by us, in a basic re-
search to make the principles work. The only new thing we have added
to their research is to make the application of three principles occur
instantly and simultaneously.

Lakhovsky’s Multiple Wave Oscillator (U.S. Patent Number 1,962,-
565) was used by him, in association with many doctors, to correct
cellular malfunctions, and accumulations, in many patients. His prin-
ciple is opposite to control of radiation of radio and television trans-
mission. He spread his radiations over a multiple wave, while televi-
sion, and radio confine it to channels and kilocycles to prevent overlap.
Lakhovsky used a field in which every tissue, organ, cell, and nerve
responded in resonance between 10 cms. and 400 meters. This corres-
ponds to frequencies of 3 to 750,000 millards per second. The har-
monics extended from 1 to 300 trillion vibrations per second. No harm-
ful side effects or aftereffects were ever noted. In his book “The Secret
of Life,” first printed in 1939, Lakhovsky detailed the many cases,
functions, and results, His Multiple Wave Oscillator took from one ap-
plication to three weeks of daily applications to achieve its outstanding
effects. Our frequency control makes these periods instant in a one shot
application. Our basic research is Lakhovsky side effect of rejuvenation.

Lakhovsky established that “every living cell is essentially dependent
on its nucleus which is the center of oscillations and gives off radia-
tions.” By the same token the sun is the center of our solar system, and
life could not exist without it giving off radiations that set up oscilla-
tions in living matter. Everything on the earth has been proven to
react to sun spots and solar prominences.

Energy principles work on the same basic universal laws; be they

atoms, cells, or solar systems.
The wet battery in your car operates on an acid electrolite. The dry

174

battery in your flashlight operates on an alkaline electrolite. The separ-
ators in your car battery are a semi-permeable matrix.

The D.N.A. structure is a caduceus winding coiled in opposite direc-
tions. The filaments in the nucleus of a cell exhibit coil and plate con-
figuration. These are microscopic electric circuits that work with the
cell electric capacity as oscillators. Cilia in the lungs and respiratory
tract are antenna that extract radiations from the air and transmit this
energy to the cells in the blood to be conveyed throughout the body.

We are electrical creatures using a bio-chemical body to exist in a
electro-chemical environment. We know that in highly diluted solu-
tions certain chemical compounds are disassociated with the result that
electrical charges appear, equal, but of opposite polarities. Sodium
chloride for an example is disassociated as sodium with a positive
charge and chlorine with a negative charge. The body fluids are a
saline electrolite with cells in suspension.

Every microscopic part of a cell emits radiations according to the
atomic structure of its makeup.

Like batteries, cells run down, bodies run down, and the energy loss
is manifested as ageing.

The Bible says Adam lived 930 years; Seth, 912; Enos 905; Cainan,
910; Mahalaleel, 890, Jared, 962; and Methuselah, 969 years. Then after
these people of the race of Man mated with “the daughters of men” the
life span fell off to 120 years according to Genesis 5:5 to 6:3.

After years of Pyramid Generator energy research, there is no ques-
tion in my mind that V.I.P.s were brought back from death in the sar-
cophagus of the Kings Chamber. The sarcophagus and the Kings
Chamber were constructed of granite. Granite, because of it’s matrix of
feldspar, mica, and quartz crystals, exhibits a radiation caused by the
pressure of the matrix on the quartz crystals known as the piezo-elec-
tric effect. Granite was called “spiritual rock” by the Egyptians because
of this auric radiation. The energy generated by a pyramid in a vortex
is neither electrical, or magnetic as such. It is composed of “this other
energy” which radiates life property effects. This energy is everywhere
in a static state, and serves in this respect as an insulator and separator
while it remains static. When it is activated by thought, as in a prayer,
or by resonance in electro-magnetic fields, it reverses its insulating
qualities and becomes an infinite conductor.

It is this energy that will respond to our control in the “Integratron”
and integrate energy into the cell structure of the body.

There is no reason why people today cannot live as long as Methu-
selah. I am convinced that he used the Great Pyramid to live so long
without ageing.

175

The D.N.A. configuration, the caduceus coils, the Emerald Tablet
principles, and the pyramid vortices all exhibit a method of life energy
activity.

We have put in 18 years of endless effort to prolong life without
further ageing. We are anchored here on dedicated property. We are
not going to go anywhere. It is our intention to be able to regenerate
our world leaders, our world humanity and defeat “the last enemy to
be overcome — death.” It is a thousand times simpler in research than
the effort it took to put men on the moon, but we need an ingredient
we cannot make and that depends on other humanitarians. We are
approximately 90% finished, with new methods already being apparent
from the associated researches being conducted by others verifying our
earlier efforts,

Jeno M. and Madeleine F. Barnothy, of the Biomagnetic Research
Foundation, in Evanston, Illinois, have contributed outstanding results
in magnetic research with everything from enzymes to rabbits. They
showed retardation of ageing and 30% increased activity in research
conducted on mice, whose cell structure is like humans.

Nikola Tesla, and others, showed that high voltage static electricity
caused ionization. This causes disassociation of structure and charging
of particles in positive and negative polarity effects.

Dr. George Crile, in a fabulous research that he devoted his life to,
established that every living cell was a battery, a transducer, and a
condenser. In his book “The Phenomena of Life,” printed in 1936, he
states, “Electricity is the energy that drives the organism.” He further
states, “It is clear that in the second half of life the electrical potential
of the elderly patient as a whole or of this or that organ, has been very
much reduced and that by so much, the margin of safety has been dan-
gerously diminished.” Hugo Fricke, working with Dr. Crile in his
laboratory, found that the film which surrounds red blood cells is on
the order of 3/10,000,000 of a centimeter in thickness and that this
lipoid structure has an electric capacity of high order, viz., 0.8 mirro-
farad per square centimeter. Dr. Crile further stated, “The unit of
structure and of function of the living organism is the cell. Plants and
animals are disperse systems of cell suspension. The nucleus of the cell
is comparatively acid. The cytoplasm of the cell is comparatively alka-
line. The nucleus and the cytoplasm are separated by a semi-perme-
able membrane. Therefore the cell is a bipolar mechanism or an electric

battery, the nucleus being the positive element, the cytoplasm the

negative element.”
These cell batteries of the body are what we are planning to chz: ze
with the “Integratron.” Each cell has a capacity like the battery in vour

176

car. The human body is composed of over 100 trillion of these cells.
Our principle of operation is as simple as applying Lakhovskys multiple
wave oscillation to Barnothys magnetic fields saturated with Teslas
ionization to charge Dr. George Criles cell batteries. Our method of
control is through a time function of frequency from zero time to in-
finity. This is our contribution. The schematic circuitry is a hundred
times simpler than in a television set.

It’s a strange thing that George is involved in so many firsts. Maybe
this is where the expression evolved of “Jet George do it.” Here we have
George Crile’s research tied in with George Lakhovsky’s principles,
being extended by George Van Tassel. After all George Washington
was our first President, and Nikola Tesla was financed by George
Westinghouse. Nikola Tesla’s discoveries made Westinghouse what it
is today. Then there is the contrast of opposites because Ge-or-ge is ge
twice with an “or” in between, and Westinghouse’s largest competitor
is General Electric or G.E., and further in the letter expression of mean-
ings, G.E. means generate energy.

CELL COMMUNICATION

The old witchcraft of tribes of illiterate people, around the world,
is now beginning to have some scientific basis in fact. The use of witch-
craft powers was always condemned by the church and people who
used these powers were considered to be working for the devil.

The power used for witchcraft is the same power used for divine
healing. Only by the purpose of its direction by the witch, or healer, is
its devilish, or divine result established. If a miraculous healing result-
ed as an effect of an appeal to deity by the clergy, in prayer, this was
accepted and lauded by the church. If someone directed the same
power adversely in a curse, or stuck pins in an effigy of someone, this
was condemned as the work of the devil.

In the 15th Century, the Inquisition executed thousands of people,
regardless of how they demonstrated this power, because they were
outside of the clergy, thus they could only be working with the devil.
In England and Scotland, in the 17th Century, there were hideous
scenes of witch torture and extermination.

Now with Cleve Baxters research which demonstrates cell communi-
cation between plants and animals, and plants and other plants, it is
accepted that this power is just a power that has no polarity of itself
for either good or bad effects. Max Freedom Long, in his book, “The
Secret Science Behind Miracles,” explained the Kahunas’ use of this
energy in the Pacific Islands, in the early 1950s.

177

What science is now proving is that the medicine men of illiterate
tribes, centuries ago, knew what they were doing all along. Baxter’s
work proves cell communication takes place, but it doesn’t tell how it
takes place. Dr. Rhine’s research into E.S.P. proved E.S.P. works, but
it also doesn’t tell how it works. Our efforts to explain it is deterred by
the fact that the largest percentage of readers do not understand tech-
nological or electronics reactions.

In static-electricity, or magnetism, the same polarity laws respond
alike. Unlike polarity, or poles, attract; and like polarities, or poles,
repel each other. This energy in cell communication only responds to
these polarity laws when it is given polarity (good or bad) by the
thought of the individual activating it; otherwise it is neutral. This is
the “right of free choice” given by God; to use this normally neutral
energy, by the individual giving it positive or negative activity by
thinking. It is subject to good, or bad labels according to the mani-
fested results. The church committed a greater crime by executing
witches than the witches did in using this energy under their right of
free choice. The Inquisition didn’t establish justice in right or wrong
actions, it only established the church as the only authority which could
determine what was right, or wrong, by executing the opposition.

Cell structure in all of nature is now responding in reciprocation to
the mis-use of this neutral energy. Since the materialistic world has
developed by materialistic thinking, the churches are now changing
their code of ethics to conform to the very devilish force they con-
demned in the past. This turnabout will react in the cell structure of
their congregations who will not support them financially because satan
isn’t going to give himself his own money.

We have water, air, and earth pollution chemically, and this is being
enhanced by spiritual pollution on the part of the cloth, that hide
behind an angels mask worn by the devil.

Spirit on a universal scale is this neutral energy. It has a critical
stress point in resonance, where it’s natural use insures harmony in all
cell structure, and where it’s pollution or mis-use creates discord and
disharmonic resonance,

All cell structure conforms to its purpose. It exists as spin energy in
it’s atomic make-up. It has communication in the universal essence of
neutral energy with it’s own kind. Every level of life has this. Thought
converts this neutral essence into linear energy. When the thought of

a minority in race, religion, military, financial, or central control, is only _

on the material world, disregarding natural law or God, it is only in
communication with itself. Therefore it lacks inspiration, dedication,
and direction through linear activity of the neutral essence of spirit,

178

and manifests in credibility gaps, generation gaps, ecology gaps, and
communication gaps.

The neutral still energy doesn’t care. It waits to be used in linear
direction between spin energy creations it has made. When material-
ism, dividends, war, profit, tax, and matter, excludes this neutral in-
telligence, it can only wallow in the mess its ignorance has concocted.

The human race put poisons on their crops and eat it. They put pol-
lution in their water and drink it. They contaminate their air and
breathe it, and the cell structure in nature and their bodies react in
discord, disease, and death. All of this for power, profit, or purposes
that are not natural in universal law. >

Cells operate by natural law. The cells in bodies, trees, and all living
things cannot conform to laws legislated in government. When the
harmony of communication between the cells of people breaks down,
there is not only violence and hate between the people, but a spiritual
gap has been activated between the people and God. Those who are
in this gap say “God is dead.” They manifest more devilish activity
than the best of witches ever did. In these times they are not burned
at the stake. They are condoned by the churches, pacified by the polliti-
cians, and supported by the tax payers through welfare programs.
People are the cells of this civilization. We make mouth washes to kill
germs, we make chemical compounds to clean clothes “brighter than
bright.” We hire people to haul away the garbage. We create laws to
stop disorder and then handcuff the law enforcement in the courts. As
cells of the society, we need an antibiotic to deactivate these discordant
destructive cells.

As sure as the pendulum will swing back, when it is pushed away,
so will this destructive element turn on the very element that per-
mitted them to get away with their devilish witchcraft. This is a
natural law.

Cells in nature do not have ears. They cannot smell, see, taste, or
touch, in their sensing. But they reciprocate to keep nature in balance.
They are responsive to thought and they function by the spirit of
neutral energy. They know what to do without education. They are
not elected, or appointed. They have no political or financial systems.
Yet all of them are in communication with each other and God.

When humanity had the pony express, they were slower in their
communication, but they had time to think. Criminals were dealt with
severely and in a very short time. Now we have almost instant com-
munication around the world and in space. We have computers and
automation. What made this better, faster, instant system get the world
into the fix it is in today?

179

Does a computer recognize a God? Do communication devices care
what is sent through them? The most important part of a wheelbarrow
is the man behind it. The most important part of a law is its enforce-
ment. The most important thing in government are the people who
operate it.

The “right of free choice” will never operate in harmony in the cell
structure of society, when a minority of cells in authority drain them to
their financial limits in order to propagate a materialistic cabal on a
world-wide basis. When the “silent majority” of cell society reacts it
will be spontaneous, Woodrow Wilson once said, “The greatest force
in the world is the mutual spontaneous reaction of people.” It is this
“silent majority” who are in harmony in their cell structure. They have
perfect communication because they all think alike. They have moral
and spiritual principles. They know their God. They are all generals
in a crisis. Unless some changes take place soon, the “silent majority”
will not speak, they will act. This will be natural reciprocation to the
fever that plagues them.

THE PYRAMID PRINCIPLE

Orthodox science is now beginning to find that the energy we have
been writing about for 18 years, really exists. In the scientific research
conducted by Dr. Luis Alvarez, who won the Nobel prize in physics
in 1968, standard scientific principles were used. The idea was that
cosmic rays passing through the pyramids would reveal any chambers
that have not been found yet. A cosmic particle recording device would
show less loss of energy on passage through a hidden room than it
would through solid stone. This research involved several institutions
as well as governmental agreement between both the United States
and the United Arab Republic.

Magnetic tapes, which recorded the data, were run through the most
moder computer to analyze the results. The tapes revealed that a
pattern could not be established from which to establish a stable zero
point of reference, and every time the tapes were re-run, they gave a
different pattern of readings. Not only were the patterns different, but
certain data disappeared from the tapes. The final conclusion was that
what was occurring was not only impossible, but some energy was be-
ing registered that does not conform to the laws of science. __

Vern Cameron, of Elsinore, California, was conducting experiments

not conform to known scientific laws. Vern found out that meat could
be preserved for an indefinite period of time, after being subjected to

180

this unknown energy generated by a small pryamid. He also found that
a razor blade could be used to shave with over a hundred times, before
it lost it’s sharp edge, when placed under his small pyramid.

In collaborating with Vern, we not only verified his results, but also
found that an egg in a saucer would solidify under the pyramid in a
week, while one outside of the pyramid in a saucer remained fluid.
Milk kept in a carton with a pyramid shaped top will also keep fresh
for an indefinite period of time without refrigeration. This is now
patented in France where cartons are used for dairy products.

The common denominator in all of these findings is that the shape
induces the energy. It must be a four sided pyramid, and the most
energy results from a 52° angle on the sides. The most powerful results
are obtained when the pyramid is oriented with the sides. parallel to
north, south, east and west directions.

Tests we have conducted, over the years, prove that the corners are
the operational necessity as holes cut in the sides do not detract from
the generating force. Another point that we discovered, is that in order
to achieve maximum energy, the pyramid must be fastened down, so
it cannot be disoriented. The maximum energy requires 28 days, one
magnetic month, to reach it’s peak. We also discovered that a quartz
crystal peak on the top, where the capstone should be on the Giza
pyramid, will produce other effects. We believe that a laminated
quartz condenser, with germanium separating the quartz sheets, on
top of the pyramid will produce energy readings on present scientific
instruments. Due to lack of money, we have not been able to conduct
other tests that should produce electric power for use.

It is our firm conviction, after years of anlysis, that the Great Pyra-
mid of Giza, was used to produce power, used for rejuvenation, used
to make mummies, used to restore life, and used as a launching power
to start space ships out of the earths gravity.

One of our associates in Park Ridge, Illinois, has accomplished levi-
tation with single pyramids and a group of four pyramids. She has
established a “norm” where the point of levitation of either hand will
occur. She has established that some of the charge will remain for a
period of three days; and that from the original point of first levitation,
that the time diminishes from 7 minutes and 45 seconds, down to
45 seconds in five exposures. She also discovered that “dowsing rods”
activate over the pyramid in the lowest level of her home, and activate
equally as strong upstairs in the highest level of her home. This same
associate also discovered ancient Hebrew and Greek root meanings to
words in the bible, which we printed in the “Proceedings” ten years
ago, do translate into modern English meanings. We printed this in

181

offering a comparison between our “Integratron” and Mose’s Taber-
nacle.

Capt. Bruce Cathie, in his first book “Harmonics 33” and in his sec-
ond book, “Harmonics 695” shows by physical proof and mathematics
that the power grid system of the earth involves the Great Pyramid and
the Stonehenge circle in England.

Application of “natural power” can be used to increase crop growth,
eliminate destructive insects; used to diagnose disease and the treat-
ment of it; used for interplanetary communication, the preservation of
food, a power source for transporation and other things too numerous
to mention. The only requirement to use this “free energy” is our ability
to couple into it, store it and transmit it. First of course it must be ac-
cepted by the scientists, and an economic system of exchange devised
to permit its use. These two requirements are the barrier which logger-
head profit and power hungry opponents will not accept to make a
“heaven on earth” possible.

The builders of the Great Pyramid had to know science beyond our
present knowledge because the Pyramid measurements incorporate the
speed of light, the mass of the planet, the acceleration of gravity,
weights and measures, the axis of polar rotation, the distance to the
Sun, the 26,000 year procession of the equinoxes, the Earth’s magnetic
field, the Earth’s orbit around the Sun, the value of trigonometry, and
latitudes and longitudes among many other things.

The stones in the Great Pyramids structure weigh up to seventy
tons. Granite was used to encase the Kings Chamber because granite
produces a “piezo-electric” effect due to the matrix of quartz crystals,
mica, and feldspar. The bulk of the pyramid of Giza is limestone which
has no electrical ability. The granite chambers above the Kings Cham-
ber form a granite air condenser for energy storage. The Kings Cham-
ber was built off center purposely to place it in the power area of the
energy generated.

On the Great Seal of America, printed on the one dollar bill, we see
the pyramid with the capstone removed upward. In the center of the
capstone is the all seeing eye and the capstone is surrounded with the
radiance of power. The spirit is supposed to go upward at death.
Pyramids apex upward as do cones and church spires. Coils are spiral.
LR.I. in spirit is the same as IRIS in the eye. The centering focus of all.
seeing, light, and energy. Pyramid means fire, or light, in the center.
The word “spirit” comes from the Latin Spirare. Spire is “a body that
shoots upward to a point.” The Accadian word Pir, or Bir meant light.

182

All of nature spirals, Spiral nebula, spiral vines, spiral rising smoke,
spiral water running down a drain. The structure of cells in a hair are
spiral, the D.N.A. of life is spiral, as are coils to activate magnetism in
the cores. Pir-a-mid is to activate light energy in the center.

If you look at the Sun in the morning as it comes up, you will see a
spiral cone shape surrounding it. This is the same spirit energy the
pyramid generates which the ancients called the “Shekina Glory.” Elec-
tricity, magnetism, and gravity, are side-effects of spirit energy.

The pyramid was called K-HU-TI by the Egyptians, and K-HU in
Egyptian means “The Luminous One.” HU is HUE now, meaning a
mixture of colors.

One of the peculiar puzzles, to those who have spent any time in the
Kings Chamber, is the intense bone-chilling cold that is felt, like it was
inside of the body.

In the secret alchemy of The Emerald Tablet, the “formula of life”
and the mathematics of the “mystery laws” apply to the Great Pyramid.
The four elements, fire, water, earth, and air coincide with the four
faces. The three principles of alchemy, circulation, fusion, and spa-
gyric equasion are parallel to the three sides of the triangular shape of
each face. The reciprocal action in a living instrument produces Uni-
versal Harmony, or life energy.

The sarcophagus follows the “Node of Nature” which doubles the
cube, and produces cubical crystals in gold, silver, and salt.

We are anxious to apply the pyramid principle to make a refriger-
ator. We believe a two story high pyramid with a conveyor belt feed-
ing it through one side, would shrink city garbage to one-quarter of its
volume and could be shipped dry as a land mulch to agricultural areas.

A pyramid shaped top on a storage shelf for food, open on all four
sides, would preserve fresh foods and fruit without refrigeration. These
principles have already been proven on a small scale.

Resonance of any object depends on its shape, the same as the shape
of an airfoil must correspond to the airflow in order to prevent reso-
nance. Resonance is the reciprocating action in spirit that makes things
live. In matter and physical things, resonance can be in discord and
cause things to break. This has happened in the construction of new
buildings, where the city noise and traffic have caused buildings to
collapse because the structure in steel was a framework of cubes. A
resonance that might be in harmony with a sphere might also be in
discord with a cube. Shapes are a science in themselves, long ignored
by scientists. Ancient symbols are each a separate scientific principle of
applications of energy for different purposes.

183

The pyramid principle of power will create a “Cube of Infinity,” a
“Cone of Silence,” a “Capstone of Eternal Youth,” a “Sarcophagus of
Preservation,” and a “Vortex of Cosmic Power.” The transmutation of
matter can also be accomplished with the pyramid power.

It was found that the mummified flesh when ground to a powder and
taken internally served as a cure-all for all internal ailments and caused
broken bones to heal back together in a matter of minutes. Therefore
mummy matrix was a common cure and sold in apothecary stores. The
energy that caused the body to mummify was stored in the flesh and
was the potent healing agent.

Those of you readers who are interested in conducting tests and
making pyramids should remember that the critical thing is to make
the sides on a 52° angle. The best size is around a foot to 18 inches
high. The pyramid can be made of cardboard, hardboard, metal, plas-
tic, or any other material. The corners can be attached with tape, or
glued. Holes can be cut in the sides without affecting the energy. The
pyramid should be fastened down on a fixed shelf, or bench, with the
sides oriented with a compass. The east and west sides should be
parallel to north and south.

If a series of pyramids are used and a wire is run from the top of
one to another with the end wire running to a coil wrapped around a
piece of iron pipe, it will be possible to direct the energy in a cohesive
beam, like laser, to an undetermined distance. The beam can be turned,
like light, by reflecting it off of a mirror. A plastic tube should be
slipped over the coil and pipe. Winding spacing and wire size are not
critical. The wire should be insulated. We would be interested to see
what this beam does when run through a prism.

There are an unlimited number of tests that can be done which
haven't been tried yet.

We believe this energy which responds to some optical laws and
some electrical laws, will be the energy that replaces atomic, and fossil
fuels for the ultimate power for all puropses.

We are working on an instrument which will detect and measure
this energy.

184

BREAKTHROUGH

For twenty years we have been trying to inform people of the Uni-
versal Energy in the “Proceedings.” “This Other Energy,” “Prana,”
“Life Fields,” “Fohat,” “Eloptic Energy,” and all of the other names it
has been called, are expressing the same thing.

The breakthrough to demonstrating this power in the last few years
now is being accepted, even though it still is a mystery.

In the June, 1974, issue of “Saga” magazine, another masterpiece ot
writing by Joseph F. Goodavage, presents new aspects of the use of
this energy.

“The American Medical Association and the American Cancer So-
ciety have flatly refused to look into a revolutionary test involving
electrodynamic fields that can predict cancer, heart disease, and many
other illnesses and ailments — long before any physical symptoms ap-
pear. And scientists who specialize in the study of seed germination
can now forecast the growth patterns, size, and general vitality of
future plants by using similar tests.”

“These electrodynamic fields appear to be the same as the so-called
‘aura’ seen around human beings and other living things and are pro-
foundly influenced by the power of the mind.”

We have printed for years that this power is Universal Mind. It is
the static essence of the Creative Mind that created the universe. It is
the power that makes so called “miracles” work. It is the power that is
responsible for healing through healers. It is the Mind that created
identical order in the atomic structure. It makes the pattern exact in
the crystalization of all of the elements. It made the pattern of the stars
and galaxies. It combined the elements in exact ratio in water. It cre-
ated every law and principle of nature that science and religion can
only copy.

Goodavage writes: “ — the Rev. Franklin Loehr, reported that two
boxes in which he had placed identical amounts of seed and soil had
— through the power of human thought — produced entirely different
results.”

“He wanted to prove to his congregation that ‘prayer is very real and
very effective.’ The care and conditions given to each box of seed and
soil were identical. The only variable was that Dr. Loehr’s parishioners
prayed for the seedlings in one box and ignored (or in some cases
‘cursed’ ) those in the other.”

“To everyone's amazement the prayed-over seeds blossomed many
times faster and produced sturdy, beautiful flowers. Those in the other
box barely managed to sprout a few stunted growths. Evidently there

185

was something to the power of prayer, but there was no way of know-
ing how the mind was linked to such power.”

We have proven that this static mind of universal power can be acti-
vated by thought, by prayer, by electro-magnetic fields, and is the
feeling in every living thing that we call emotions. Discoveries, and
inventions, are the results of people assimilating from this Master
Infinite Intelligence the laws of all the principles they apply to their
devices.

“Since 1966 Backster and his colleagues have widened their investi-
gations to include all kinds of fruit and vegetables, yeasts and mold
cultures — also blood specimens and scrapings from the roof of a hu-
man mouth. They extended these observations into the realm of
amoebas, paramecia, and even spermatozoa — all of which supported
their contention that ‘primary perception’ is 2 Universal phenomenon
operating throughout the evolutionary scale. They had detected a pre-
viously unknown communication signal that seemingly links all living
things, and by 1971 a California scientist had picked up and recorded
similar signals from outer space’” (See SAGA, January 1973)

L. George Lawrence, one of our best associates, has perfected a
method of bringing this mind media into instrument reading range in
the electro-magnetic spectrum, with a bio-transducer of “living matter.”
(See SAGA, January 1973)

George De'La War photographed these emanations of “life force” in
England, 30 years before the now much publicized Kirlian effect. Max
Freedom Long, another associate of ours, wrote of the Kahuna use of
these powers in his book “The Secret Science Behind Miracles.”

Dr. Ravitz, explained, as Goodavage reports: “The cellular structure
in certain parts of the human body is completely renewed every six
months, It.is the L-field, not the DNA molecule, Dr. Ravitz explained,
which molds the new material, derived in part from food intake, into
the same design as the old. “This explains why, even though you might
not see a friend for a year or more, during which time all the mole-
cules of his face and head have completely changed, he is recognizably
the same.’ It also explains why you can remember events of five, 10 or
even 20 years ago when every molecule of your brain has been re-
placed perhaps half a hundred times.” This proves that the spirit of
mind holds the same pattern in figure, and you are a reflection of your-
self here in a matter environment.

“Edward Russell, in his book Design for Destiny, states: ‘In their _

present preoccupation with particles, biology and biochemistry are in
‘the same stage that physics was years ago before ‘particle physics’ gave
place to ‘field physics.’ When biology finally matures and ‘particle bio-

186

logy’ gives way to ‘field biology’ the role of genes and DNA will be seen
in its true perspective.”

We have explained in past issues of the “Proceedings” that, “Time,
Space, and Being are the trinity of infinity.” Time is absolute, Space is
absolute, and Being is the manifestation of all living things which live
eternally somewhere in the universe forever.

“Your nervous system, for example, did not develop from the de-
mands of a hostile terrestrial environment (as the theory of evolution
states). Instead, it came into being as a result of dynamic forces super-
imposed on the groups of cells by the total field pattern — your indivi-
dual L-field.”

“The indestructible quality of L-fields suggests: a) that they are
changeless; and, b) being changeless they are not influenced by physi-
cal evolution. It is possible that there’s another area of being, another
state or ‘dimension’ where the Universe exists in a kind of Eternal Now
— a ‘timeless’ condition. Our conception — even our experience — in
time may not be what our subjective senses tell us. Time might be
apocryphal — just one way of seeing reality. An observer in an air-
plane for example, can see what the motorist below sees, but in addi-
tion he can also see where the motorist has been and where he’s going
— simultaneously.”

“If ‘past’ and ‘future’ are purely subjective, then they might coexist
with the present. L-fields are changeless because they appear to exist in
another dimension where all time is ‘now’.”

We have recommended “Saga” before to our readers, as the out-
standing magazine to keep up with the times.

Uri Geller, a young Israeli, is confounding the scientific field, by
bending forks, and other metal objects, by concentrating on the form
that they bend to. Others are now succeeding in duplicating Geller’s
phenomena. This is the proof of “mind over matter.”

In “Psychic” magazine of June 1974, another friend, Andrija Pu-
harich, who is sponsoring Uri Geller in the United States, reports about
many of Uri’s abilities. One of these is moving the hands of a watch.
“A typical example of this feat, which Geller has done hundreds of
times, was witnessed by former astronaut Captain Edgar D. Mitchell.
Captain Mitchell looked at his watch, a Chronometer, that he had
worn on his flight to the moon; the time was 10:00 A.M. The watch
was placed face down on the table by Captain Mitchell with his hand
over it, so that it was hidden under his hand. Uri Geller concentrated
on this hidden watch for some thirty seconds, and then told Captain
Mitchell to turn the watch over. The hour and minute hands had been
‘moved’ back one hour and eight minutes. In addition, the separate

187

Greenwich mean time dials had also ‘moved’ back one hour and eight
minutes. Captain Mitchell bears testimony that this demonstration was
conducted under cheat-proof conditions. Science has no explanation for
this phenomenon.”

These examples of control, by mind, are fulfilling the latter day pro-
phecy of the Bible which says, “All things shall be revealed.” It didn’t
say who would reveal them.

Puharich goes on in the article: “I finally became convinced that
what Geller did could not be explained within the present boundaries
of science. This made the quest all the more exciting because it allowed
the possibility of extending the frontiers of science into totally un-
known areas. But I had no intellectual tools that would allow progress
in such unknown realms. This dilemma was resolved for me on De-
cember 1, 1971, when in the course of a routine hypnosis experiment
with Uri Geller a voice appeared from, or near him, which announced
itself as a representative of an extraterrestrial power.”

What biological science doesn’t seem to grasp is that the brain is a
bio-transducer that can transcend the mundane level of human think-
ing and reception of thoughts. The inner ear is a transducer that con-
verts sound into electrical impulses to the brain computer.

Uri Geller attributes his ability to control, bend and break metal to
extraterrestrial power working through him as Puharich relates in the
“Psychic” magazine.

Twenty years ago, on August 24th, of 1953, I told of a personal physi-
cal contact with these extraterrestrials, who landed here at Giant Rock
Airport and gave me the formula that started the “Integratron” re-
search. We have miles of tapes with their voices recorded giving infor-
mation beyond human knowledge.

Puharich further relates in the Geller article:

“I have tried to determine the purpose of this communication with
‘man in our time. I am told that the beings from Hoova have been
observing earth for some 20,000 years. They have made contact with
earth men only intermittently in this period. Some of the admitted con-
tacts are well known figures in history. However, the relationship has
always been kept secret. For reasons unknown the pledge of secrecy
has been relaxed in our time. I am now asked to reveal the communi-
cations from Hoova to man. I do not know who else on earth is in com-
munication with Hoova.”

“All of the phenomena exhibited by Geller are products of the ad- ,

vanced ideas, science, and civilization of Hoova. They seem to have
solved every problem that now plagues earth and its inhabitants, I

188

would say that their great achievements rest on three sciences unknown
to man.”

“1, The power to cause objects to disappear, translocate, and appear
elsewhere.

2. Total control over biological systems ranging from design, repro-
duction and healing repair, to the imprinting of feelings and ideas.

3. The ability to travel across time (in the way we travel across
space) in what we would consider to be no-time.”

‘The UFO seems to be a time machine . . ” that can carry out these
three broad functions.

“The basic attitude of the beings from Hoova toward man appears
to be benevolent. The life span on Hoova averages about a million
years, Hoova wants to help man, but feels that man is scarcely capable
of accepting Hoova or carrying on a civilized discourse. A being from
Hoova affirms that there is a God in the universe who cannot be
reached by any being except as an idea. Such is the sketchy profile we
have of Hoova. Were it not for the tangible reality of Uri Geller none
of this would be believable.”

WORLD POWER GRID

Since Nikola Tesla’s early experiments with extracting energy from
the earth, there have been a number of attempts to produce electrical
power from this giant solar electron.

The fact that the Sun causes variations in the fluctuation of the
earth’s energy, due to sunspots and flareups in the Sun, is well estab-
lished.

Government appropriation of billions of dollars, to obtain energy
from the Suns radiations, in only a “battery charger effect” to another
“Rube Goldberg” method of indirect energy.

Alfred Hubbard obtained energy directly from the earth, and demon-
strated that it could be transmitted, as was written about in the De-
cember 17th, 1919 Seattle Post Intelligencer newspaper. The pictures in
the paper showed the Hubbard device lighting a 200 watt light bulb.

Hubbard, then only 19 years old, powered an 18 foot boat around
Portage Bay, near Seattle. Operating a 35 horsepower electric motor,
with no batteries in the boat, he cruised around for hours on the
energy produced from his device.

One of our associates, Art Aho, learned considerably about Hub-
bards device from a man that worked with Hubbard at the time. Art
was also working with Lester Hendershot when he was lighting a 100
watt bulb from a similar “basket weave” coil.

189

Both Hubbard, and Hendershot used what was called, in old Chinese
records the “Cosmic Flower,” which they claimed was “the source of
all power.” Both principles employed a pulse resonance with the earths
grid system and created a secondary induction between the two wind-
ings on the coils. Hubbard’s coils were round, in both the primary and
the secondary; and Hendershot used a round configuration in the pri-
mary with a diamond shaped secondary as the result of the “basket”
weave in the winding.

Hubbards transmitter was in exact resonance with the transducer he
had aboard the boat. He collected the energy in his transformer by
running wires 1200 feet in north, south, east and west directions under-
ground, from the center. The outer end of the wires attached to hollow
tubes 18” long that had mercury in them. The wires passed through the
earths energy grid wave. The mercury apparently created a choke, or
pulse block, that forced the current to go to the central primary circuit.

It is evident that even then, in 1919, “the powers that be” were not
going to allow “free energy” to come into use.

In the magazine “Electrical Experimenter” of February, 1919, in an
article titled “Famous Scientific Illusions,” written by Nikola Tesla, he
says regarding his transmission of power; “Some experts, whom I have
credited with better knowledge, have for years contended that my pro-
posals to transmit power without wires are sheer nonsense but I note
that they are growing more cautious every day. The latest objection to
my system is found in the cheapness of gasoline. These men labor un-
der the impression that the energy flows in all directions and that,
therefore, only a minute amount can be recovered in any individual
receiver. But this is far from being so. The power is conveyed in only
one direction, from the transmitter to the receiver, and none of it is
lost anywhere. It is perfectly practicable to recover at any point of
the globe energy enough for driving an airplane, or a pleasure boat or
for lighting a dwelling. I am especially sanquine in regard to the light-
ing of isolated places and believe that a more economical and con-
venient method can hardly be devised. The future will show whether
my foresight is as accurate now as it has proved heretofore.”

Here in 1919 you see the greatest genius, Nikola Tesla, saying it can
be done and in Seattle unknown to Tesla, Hubbard was transmitting
energy to drive a pleasure boat. Tesla’s reference to “the cheapness of
gasoline” being the opposition to his principles of clean power is pos-
sibly why after Tesla died, his giant energy transmission tower on Long

Island was torn down and his energy transmission station at Colorado

Springs was obliterated. Today Ed Gray is running into the same oppo-
sition in getting his magnetic motor into production motor cars.

190

Hugo Gernsback, President of the Experimenter. Publishing Co.,; in
which Tesla’s articles were printed, says in the same issue; “If we were
sending pure Hertzian waves, why do we connect one wire at both
sending and receiving stations to the ground? Hertz never dreamt of
such a thing. If you are still unconvinced that the earth is the chief
medium of transmission, disconnect your ground wires entirely and
try to send and receive. Now you may work with Hertz waves but the
distances you can bridge will be pitifully small.”

One can check the earths energy, not only as a conductor, but as an
amplifier by putting a ground wire on their radio to the chassis.

A book, published in the German language, in Innsbruck, Austria in
1952, explains the findings of outstanding researchers into the earths
power grid system. The title of this book is “The World of the Secret
Forces.” In German, “Die Welt Der Geheimen Machte.”

The men involved are Dr. Willi Schlosser, Prof. Hellmut Wolff,
Hans-Wilhelm Smolik, Heinrich Reblitz, Theodor Weimann, Herbert
A. Lohlein, Ferdinand Reich, Univ. Prof. Dr. Hubert J. Urban, Dir.
Prof. Dr. K. Saller, Prof. Dr. Georg Anschutz, Prof. Dr. Theol: and
Adolf Koberle. Quite an impressive group of qualified professional
people, to agree, and be involved in one book. They established that
the earth is covered on the surface by a grid system of positive and
negative poles in a checkerboard pattern.

Excerpts from the book are as follows:

“Each of the squares has a center pole surrounded by 8 smaller poles.
(Here again is the Chinese Cosmic Flower, the Hubbard Coils, the
Tesla System of extracting energy from the earth. Ed.)

These squares vary in size from the equator, getting smaller in the
direction of the earths poles. The main pole concentrates energy. At
North Latitude 48° (The latitude where these men conducted their
research. Ed.) the center pole has a diameter of 2.45 meters. The 8
smaller poles have a diameter of 60 cm. Four of the 8 outer poles
(alternately) send energy up toward the sky. The other four send
energy outward horizontally to North, South, East and West.

The squares (48° N. Latitude) are 15.90 meters diagonally from
center to center poles.

N o_ 159
sinus ~ 0.707

A border field is mingled together in the Northwest and Southeast
directions and in the Southwest and Northeast directions,.These 4 cor-
ners of the squares seem to connect the fields of 2 of the. negative
smaller poles and two of the positive smaller poles.

191

= 22.50 meters

At these points any person (or body) will receive a mixture of nega-
tive and positive energies.

The side length measurements at the equator are 32 meters long. It
was found out that the earth between its North and South Poles was a
“stick” magnet. On this magnetic field there are electric currents per-
pendicular to the “stick” magnet.

Strange to say that the Cheops pyramid on the 30° North latitude,
stands on a diagonal measurement of the pole field of 30 meters on
each side of the squares.

The main center poles of each positive square shows a direction of
energy from above to below the earths surface. There a vortex is cre-
ated with a pulse like the hand of a clock. The negative poles are vice
versa.

Dr. Rohracher, of the University of Vienna made a very sensitive
electro-magnetic tuning fork (The Hendershot device also has a mag-
netic tuning fork. Ed.) that showed from 7 to 18 movements per sec-
ond, Prof. Dr. Regelsberger made an electrometer which showed
electric impulses of 10 millionth of an amp.

Dr. Muller, from Zurich, Switzerland, measured the electric field on
the human body. The body “aura” will change if you move into a dif-
ferent location.

This means the magnetic or electric field of the earth is different.

The ‘dowsing rod’ can locate the center of these positive and nega-
tive poles. These measurements should be made with different lengths
of ‘dowsing rods.’ The length gives different wave length readings.

The point you find with the rod is a knot of a free standing wave.
- (We call this energy point a ‘time zone’ or ‘this other energy.’ It is not
magnetic, or electric. Hieronymous calls it Eloptic Energy.’ Ed.)

The ‘aura’ of the human body will be charged on all positive polarity
pole centers and it will discharge the human ‘aura’ on all negative
poles until no aura is registered. This is how one can register whether
the poles are positive, or negative.

These experiments are physiologically and psychologically of the
greatest importance to health. Whoever goes into the secret of the
earths ray powers will know the wheel of destiny.

These powers are free, not the power from our power plants. These
in and out powers have to do with the human organism. The trouble
zones and health zones have to do with the movement of the planets

and stars. In the micro-cosmos it (the earth) is the electron that is in’

the command of our creator. (What a statement to come from these
distinguished men. Ed.)

192

This is the pattern of the secret of creation and this is why the
Chinese speak of the secret of the golden blossom.

It is well known that there are rows of cancer houses in certain
towns and most of these inhabitants are dying of this terrible sickness.
The dowsers have proven that the bedrooms of cancer patients are on
the grid crossings of the trouble zones.

Waldemar V. Jankowsky wrote about the cancer problem and said
the light quantum and the Pi-electron are the cause. The dowsers
proved these trouble zones are in the positive fields. Frh. V. Pohl wrote;
‘earth beams are sickness exciters. We could find the positive fields by
experiments.

The places of the negative polar fields shows entirely different effects
on the human organism. Now here is an entirely new field for search-
ing doctors who are interested in the world of fine beams. Through
this effect the life span of the human can be changed.” (This verifies
what we are trying to do with the “Integratron” machine. Ed.)

Captain Bruce Cathie’s two books “Harmonic 33” and “Harmonic
695” seem to follow a pattern “township” grid composed of many of
the smaller grids like “sections.”

It is strange that the German material and Cathies grids coincide on
the great pyramid, and other points on the earths surface. These re-
searches conducted years apart and on opposite sides of the globe tend
to verify each other.

The fact that microwave transmissions, and receptions, are being
carried on through the earths surface by coordinating resonance at
different points, is proof that secret scientific people are already aware
of the great potentials of the grid system for power, navigation, and
antigravity directional control.

Baxter’s research with plants; the Hieronymous research with insects;
research into bio-transducers by L. George Laurence; Kirlian photo-
graphy; acupuncture, and numerous other aspects are verifying each
other.

In the “Proceedings” of November 1953, on page five we explained
the “earths force field.” Four years later science verified this and called
it the “Van Allen Radiation Belt.” In the 1953 article we printed: “this
ring maintains balanced interchange of power through the crust and
atmosphere of this planet.”

In the Septémber-October 1965 issue of the “Proceedings,” on page
4, we wrote up the earth forces in an article titled, “This Amazing
Armature.” In the 1965 article we said, “There are other fields in the
earths bulk that are not measurable with a magnetic instrument such
as a compass. These fields, and currents are the carriers and distributors

193

of what we call ‘life force.’ This ‘life force’ is only measurable and de-
tectable through ‘living’ instruments and it is also subject to thought.”

If people knew they were living in a positive square on the earth they
would move, or be subject to the physical ailments caused by it.

This article could go on indefinitely, because there is not enough re-
search going on for the benefit of people, and too much going on for
their detriment.

Mrs. Ford, the Presidents wife, and Mrs. Rockefeller, having to suffer
the conditions of breast cancer surgery, is proof that the detrimental
forces can affect people in the highest positions in life.

It looks like the government would appropriate more money to study
these forces and subsidize those people who are already involved in the
research into this “life force.”

THE BERMUDA TRIANGLE

The “Bermuda Triangle,” the “Devil’s Triangle” and other refer-
ences to the area near Bermuda is receiving much attention lately in
motion pictures and national magazines.

Most of the events pictured, and written about, end up with the
same old question of “what happened to the ships and planes that dis-
appeared? Some authors assume that the U.F.O.s caused the phenom-
ena without one iota of true evidence in that direction.

In the first place there are 12 of these areas known to exist in the
world, Researching this as a hobby over the last 20 years has estab-
lished several things to us.

1. The U.F.O.s have nothing to do with it.

2. The forces that cause it to occur are intermittent and unpredict-
able at present.

3. The Navy Department and Advanced Military Research know
more about it than anyone except us, and they are not going to tell
anybody.

There are some things about this phenomena that we cannot write
about; but we are going to offer you more than you have read before.

The pure creation of everything out of perfect Universal Mind started
matter and energy, as contrasting manifestations of duality in all things.
Each creation has within itself the ups and downs and the positive and
negative polarities of electrical law; the north and south of magnetic
laws, and the good and bad of the laws of order and conscience.

The earth, being a speck of matter in the universe, was once created :

from the primary lines of energy, in space, and established as a crystal
dodecahedron with twelve facets.

The laws of perfection are exact in crystallography, showing the
194

order of creation from intelligence beyond our human comprehension.
The crystals of each chemical substance have a separate and definite
set of angles. In all crystals of the same substance, the angles between
corresponding faces are constant.

Twelve facets — twelve hours — twelve months — twelve disciples —
all come from a system of order.

Since silicon is the most abundant element found in the earth (out-
side of oxygen which is a gas), the earth would logically have been
created as a silicon crystal. Silicon in crystal form is quartz and quartz
crystalizes in equal divisions of 6 sided pyramids. This is 12 facets on
both ends. The six side facets are prismic connectors of the two ends
due to the volume of material present.

So we have 6 facets in each hemisphere of the earth — six facets on
each end of a silicon crystal and the fact that the most abundant ele-
ment of the earth’s composition is silicon . . . Hang on “Bermuda
Triangle” lovers, we are coming to that!

Quartz, the pure crystalline form of silica, also shows other interest-
ing potentials. Electrical currents come from a quartz crystal under
pressure. This is referred to as the piezo-electric effect. Quartz crystals,
sliced into thin wafers control frequency in radio and communications.

Since the structure of the earth is under changing pressure, it re-
solves that intermittent reactions can occur with influence from the sun
and other planets. Now note that the lines and the nodes of the world
grid seem to manifest reactions relative to a time influence, not yet cal-
culated; also it is obvious that atomic tests above, or below, the sur-
face can have long range results in both atmospheric and geophysical
happenings.

Years ago Dr. Kowski, and engineer Frost, demonstrated gravity
nullification in the Nessertsaddin Werke (Laboratory) at Darredein,
Poland. They caused a 25 kilo (57 Ibs.) weight to levitate with the
application of constant wavelengths over a quartz-resonator. A clear
quartz crystal became cloudy and expanded in size. The quartz crystal
never became clear again and remained in its expanded state. Appar-
ently the electrons moved out of the molecule band and could not re-
turn and thus the whole structure of the crystal was changed. The
question of the clear quartz crystal not being transparent anymore was
explained through the expansion of the crystal. In spite of the expan-
sion of the quartz crystal of 5.2 mm length and 1.5 mm profile to 10
cm gross, it retained its original shape.

The reason I am bringing out this information is to validate our con-
clusions that the node of the crystal structure of the earth at the point
of the “Bermuda Triangle” becomes active at intervals and levitates

195

ships and planes into space. This is why no debris has ever been found
of the lost ships and planes, either in the water, or on the bottom of
the ocean at this location.

The clouding in the quartz crystal, when it raised 57 lbs., could also
account for the last radio message from a flight of 5 Navy aircraft that
disappeared on December 5, 1945. They radioed at 3:45 P.M. that they
had no idea where they were, that “everything looks strange, even the
ocean, It looks like we are entering white water.” What they described
was a condition of molecular change in both the ocean and atmosphere.
The visual ionization of the atmosphere left the pilots with no horizon,
or direction, as their instruments failed to work. This foggy condition
was equivalent to the cloud effect that occurred in the quartz crystal
when gravity nullification effects occur where moisture is present.

Gravity holds things together. Antigravity separates. Further expan-
sion of the quartz crystal would have caused it to disappear — or be
converted from matter back into energy. This happened as a side effect
in a quartz crystal we were lapping to the final precision measure-
ments of the square of the lines of primary energy. When the exact
dimension was reached the quartz pyramid vanished suddenly. No
sound — no light — no heat — no nothing, and no place for it to go.
This is what occurs when ships and planes reach a resonance of the
frequency of their molecules and an energy time constant.

We have recently taken part in producing a motion picture about
phenomena for a German producer that, we understand, will be re-
leased in five languages. Through this association we became friends
with Dr. Frank Lang of Delta Productions, Ltd., who is now planning
a motion picture on the “Bermuda Triangle.” They have purchased the
eight-man submarine that was used in the movies made with Lloyd
Bridges. Frank was here a few weeks ago and I had the opportunity
of seeing many color pictures they had taken from the air over the
“Bermuda Triangle.” Under the clear water is a long white line which
we believe to be one of the world grid interlace edges of a silicon earth
crystal facet.

The only other place we know where the white line appears is on
land in Ecuador in South America. Interesting — one of the 12 penta-
gon grid nodes is also in that areal We wrote in a past “Proceedings”
about this white line, but will use the data here again to correlate the
grid with the white line in the “Bermuda Triangle.”

The white line in Ecuador causes a person to feel weightless as they |

come close to it. Secretly it was called “the only place of nongravity on
th- rth.” Ecuadoran natives in the area shun it as tabu and tell of

196

animals that run onto the white line being instantly whisked into’ outer
space. It seems that a form of security by some authority keeps people
who try to investigate this phenomena out of the area.

Dr. Lang offered your director an invitation to be one of the eight
men aboard the submarine that is to explore and make a new factual
undersea motion picture of the “Bermuda Triangle.” I turned the invi-
tation down because of the risk involved, since our work here to finish
the “Integratron” is most important. I would have enjoyed being a part
of this thrilling adventure but responsibility is greater than desire.

In his book, “Harmonic 695,” Captain Bruce Cathie calculated the
grid harmonics for the “Bermuda Triangle” area on the date and time
of the Navy plane disappearance a quarter of a century ago. His cal-
culations relative to the sun at the latitude of 26° 20’ north and longi-
tude of 78° 25’ west, established that there was an unstable set of har-
monics at that point in the world grid system at the time of that par-
ticular incident. His conclusions were that, “all the aircraft involved in
the disappearance were either completely disintegrated, or moved
through space time.”

Most disappearances, in any of the 12 known areas of the world
seem to occur only at periodic intervals: In the “Bermuda Triangle”
most of the ships and planes have vanished between November and
February. This is the winter solstice time relative to the sun.

Evidence that a space-time continuem is involved, is the fact that
airliners flying over these areas, have on several occasions arrived sev-
eral hours ahead of schedule at their point of destination. The time of
some of these flights, from take-off to landing exceeds the speed capa-
bility of the aircraft by several hundred miles per hour.

In our “Proceedings” issues of October and November of 1954, and
January of 1955, we printed drawings showing the linear lines of
energy in space causing the earth to orbit the sun, the earth to rotate
on its axis, and the moon to orbit the earth.

In the December 15 issue of the “Proceedings” in 1953, we printed
the data on these linear lines of energy relative to speed and density.
At that time however we failed to relate that the negative lines of
linear energy in space are backing up in time, or going retrograde from
the present.

In the October 1954 “Proceedings” we explained how disintegration
occurs. The article was titled “Birth and Death.” Since everything from
atoms, to planets, to galaxies is affected by these linear lines of force,
“Birth and Death” is an interchange of matter and energy. Time, as we
know it, relative to motion, is a day by day experience which seems to
go faster as we get older.

197

- If: the grid output in the “Bermuda Triangle” reaches a resonance
with the positive and negative linear lines of energy at the 16,000 miles
per second differential, then anything at that point, and time, will either
fly off the planet as gravity is nullified, or disintegrate. The sun plays
an important part in this, as Hieronymous found out; that in the sha-
dow side of the moon emission of energy is nullified. The negative
won't work without the positive.

Creation is an act of mind. Mind is the causal excitation of the linear
lines of energy in space. Atoms are formed from the induction of these
linear: lines. Molecules are atoms clustered in the structure of matter,
people; aircraft, and ships. Creation was made to also unmake itself,
like unraveling a knitted sweater.

The Creator (Infinite Mind), established laws that demonstrate to
people, in many ways, that time is absolute. Atoms change in what we
call the half life cycle. They produce tremendous power if this natural
change is accelerated as in an atom bomb. This is a matter to energy
change. ‘The critical mass exceeds its ability to stay glued together,
(like people falling down when they lose their balance).

What occurs at the nodes and edges of the world grid lattice is a
refraction between two facets (like mirrors) by the linear lines of
energy creating a resonance that disintegrates, or nullifies gravity.

If Kowski: and Frost had increased the expansion of their quartz
crystal beyond the gravity nullification and antigravity point, their
quartz crystal would have disappeared.

This is a difficult article to write in laymans language; we are only
trying to offer you a true viewpoint on the “Triangle” disappearances
around the world.

We comment to those “Johnny come lately” authors and experts who
write about the “Bermuda Triangle,” and never had an experience with
a U.F.O., “Be thankful their crews are compassionate and forgiving
people.”

Bruce Cathie’s calculations, verifying that the “Integratron” here is
centered: on a grid harmonic is geophysically indicated by the silica
knolls around it..

The Bible says “in the latter days all things will be revealed,” so we
continue to try and find the answers.

“When Stars Look Down” they see the human race going down to
ruin because they do not follow the laws of nature.

198 ~

Tine IO

ew oe

COVER:
Donated Designed
and Printed by BOB BENSON
in Cooperation with Total Graphic
3002 S. Orange, Santa Ana, CA. 92707

(714)549-1024

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "George Van Tassel When Stars Look Down 1976"

See other formats